Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Report
f 2ozc- oC)8 3� RECEIVED MAR 2 2020 CITY OF TI%ARD F3U!E.ONO DIVISION Ace Hardware Tigard Towne Square 16200 SW Pacific Hwy Suite C Tigard, OR 97224 FIRE SPRINKLER DATA BASIC FIRE PROTECTION, INC. 8135 NE MLK JR BLVD. PORTLAND, OREGON 97211 • • PRODUCT SUBMITTAL Fire Sprinkler System Ace Hardware Tigard,OR 1. Fire Protection Pipe and Fittings: a) Bullmoose: Schedule 10 and 40 b) Anvil:Cast iron c) Victaulic: FireLock couplings d) Victaulic:Flexible couplings Style 75 e) Victaulic:Grooved fittings f) Victaulic:FireLock fittings g) Victaulic:FireLock mech.T h) Anvil:FlexHead flexible sprinkler connections i) 2. Hangers: a) Cooper B-Line:fig.200 ring hanger b) Sammys:Wood hanger GST 20&SWG 20 c) Cooper B-Line:Fig.4A Pipe clamp d) Cooper B-Line:Fig.909 No thread swivel e) Cooper B-Line:All thread rod f) Cooper B-Line:Hex Head Lag Bolt g) • 3. Valves: a) Nibco :GD-4765-8N Butterfly valves b) Globe :Model UM Manifold assembly c) Reliable:Model EX low pressure dry pipe valve d) e) f) 4. Fire Sprinklers: a) Reliable:F1FR pendent and upright sprinklers b) Reliable:Model J112 SSU Extended coverage sprinkler c) Tyco: Series DS-3 dry extended coverage sidewall d) 5. Misc.: a) C-Aire:Riser mount air compressor b) Potter:PSI pressure switch c) Potter:PS40 Supervisory switch d) FPPI: Spare sprinkler head cabinets e) • Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 FM Approved and UL Listed Sprinkler Pipe Bull Moose Tube Company is a recognized producer Bull Moose Tube's Sch. 10 and Sch. 40 pipes are of quality pipe products. Our Schedule 10 and made to ASTM A135 and ASTM A795. These Schedule 40 are FM Approved and UL Listed (for U.S. products are typically supplied with our protective and Canada), even though these products do not coating but can be supplied without the coating so require separate approvals and listings. Bull Moose they can be hot-dip galvanized to meet FM Tube made the decision to have them approved and requirements for use in dry systems in accordance listed for your peace of mind. Our Sch. 10 and Sch. 40 with the zinc coating specifications of ASTM A795 or have been through the same rigorous testing as our ASTM A53. All Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 pipe other fine pipe products. has a pressure rating of 300 PSI. Schedule 10 Pipe Nominal Pipe Size(in) Nominal O.D. (in) Nominal I.D. (in) Weight/Ft Bundle Size 1 1.315 1.097 •1.41 lbs/ft 91 1 1/4 1.660 1.442 1.81 lbs/ft 61 11/2 1.900 1.682 2.09 lbs/ft 61 2 2.375 2.157 2.64 lbs/ft 37 �21/2 2.875 2.635 3.53 lbs/ft 30 3 3.500 3.260 4.34 lbs/ft 19 4 4.500 4.260 5.62 lbs/ft 19 Schedule 40 Pipe Nominal Pipe Size(in) Nominal O.D. (in) Nominal I.D. (in) Weight/Ft Bundle Size 1 1.315 1.049 1.68 lbs/ft 70 11/4 1.660 1.380 2.27 lbs/ft 51 11/2 1.900 1.610 2.72 lbs/ft 44 2 2.375 2.067 3.66 lbs/ft 30 21/2 2.875 2.468 5.80 lbs/ft 30 3 3.500 3.068 7.58 lbs/ft 19 4 4.500 4.026 10.80 lbs/ft 19 PIPE PREPARATION For proper operation,all pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to installation. In order to provide a leak-tight seat for the gasket,pipe surfaces should be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove. All loose paint,scale,dirt,chips,grease,and rust must be removed prior to installation. Failure to take these important steps may result in improper coupling assembly,causing leakage. Also,check the manufacturer's instructions for the specific fitting used. 1819 Clarkson Road For additional information, l L Uf f` Chesterfield,MO 63017 contact your salesperson p ROr I MOOSE TUBE COMPANY (800)325-4467 today at(800)325-4467 or • FAX:(636)537-2645 (636)537-2600 in the USA, www.bullmoosetube.com or from Canada A®company e-mail:sales(d bullmoosetube.com call(800)882-4666 •nanovlco All information contained herein is accurate as known at the time of publication. Bull Moose Tube reserves the right to change product specifications without notice and without incurring obligation. 12/09 AN h_Star- Anvil® Cast Iron Product - Submittal Sheet e_)ANVIL Anvil® Cast Iron Threaded and Flanged Fittings C141>91° APPROVED AnvilStarTM offers the most complete line of Cast Iron and Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings in the industry. Our versatile range of fittings is designed to • provide dependable, fire-rated service. Cast Iron Threaded Fittings, are manu- factured in accordance with ASME B16.4. They are UL listed and FM Approved and are available in sizes /e" NPS through 12" NPS. 40, • PROJECT INFORINATION: APPROVAL STAMP: Project: undefined Date: undefined Phone: undefined Architect/Engineer:undefined Contractor: undefined Address: undefined Notes 1: undefined • Notes 2: undefined 3/05-100 For the latest UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved pressure ratings,versus pipe schedule,go to www.anvilstar.com or contact your local AnvilStar representative Victaulic® FireLockTM Installation-Ready"M Rigid Couplings ✓�tauItc • Style 009N and Style 109 10.64 ot, Patented Patented 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes • Style 009N: 11/4— 12/DN32— DN300 • Style 109: 1 1V4—2 1/2'YDN32—73.0 mm Pipe Material • Schedule 10, Schedule 40 or specialty carbon steel pipe listed in Section 5. For use with alternative materials and wall thicknesses please contact Victaulic. Maximum Working Pressure • Up to 365 psi/2517 kPa. Function • Joins carbon steel pipe with grooved ends conforming to publication 25.01. • Provides a rigid pipe joint designed to restrict axial or angular movement. 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS °as ® LPCB C E C104-1a/36 EN 10311 Regulation(EU) No.305/2011 ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION,MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. System No. 1 ocation Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date Approved Date • victaulic.com 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 ®2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. �CtaU�7C' 1 victaulic.com • 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS — MATERIAL Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 395, Grade • 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: (specify choice) ❑ Orange enamel(North America, Asia Pacific) ❑ Red enamel (Europe) ❑ Optional for Style OO9N: Hot dipped galvanized Gasket: (specify choice) ❑ Grade "E" EPDM (Type A) Vic-PIusTM Pre-lubricated Gasket EPDM (Violet Color Code). Applicable for wet and dry(oil-free air)fire protection systems only. Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems. Listed/Approved for dry systems at-40°F/-40°C and above. Not compatible for use with hot water services or steam services. NOTES • Reference should always be made to publication 1-100,Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for gasket lubrication instructions. • Services listed are General Service Guidelines only.It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible.Reference should always be made to publication 05.01,Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. Bolts/Nuts: (specify choice) ❑ Standard: Carbon steel oval neck track bolts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A449 (imperial)and ISO 898-1 Class 9.8 (M1O-M16) Class 8.8 (M2O and greater). Carbon steel hex nuts meeting the mechanical property requirements of ASTM A563 Grade B (imperial)and ASTM A563M Class 9 (metric). Track bolts and hex nuts are zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 Fe/Zn 5,finish Type III (imperial) or Type II (metric). ❑ Optional for Style OO9N: Stainless steel oval neck track bolts meeting the requirements of ASTM F593, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW. Stainless steel Heavy Hex nuts meeting the requirements of ASTM F594, Group 2 (316 stainless steel), condition CW,with galling-resistant coating.' r Optional bolts/nuts are available in imperial size only. Coupling Linkage: High Strength Steel with comparable physical properties to that of the Track Bolt (ASTM A449). Linkage is zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 Fe/Zn 5,Type III Finish. 40 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 0 2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. • victaulic.com 2 ✓Ctaulicr victaulic.com • ,4.0 DIMENSIONS ill Style 009N Two-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling 1...._740., 111, L� a \-�_ Style 009N Pre-Assembled Style 009N Joint Assembled Size Bolt/Nut Dimensions Weight r Actual Maximum Maximum Allow. Pre-assembled Joint Assembled Outside Working End Pipe End . - Approx. Nominal Diameter Pressure2 Load2 Separation;Qty. Size X Y X Y Z (Each) inches i inches psi lb inches inches inches inches inches inches inches lb DN mm kPa N mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 1 r/ 1.660 i 365 790 0.10 Vs X 2 3.13 5.00 2.75 5.00 2.00 1.4 DN32 42.4 l 2517 3514 2.54 2 M10 x 51 ; 79 127 70 127 51 0.6 11/2 1.900 365 1035 0.10 2 Ye X 2 3.38 5.13 3.00 5.13 2.00 1.5 DN40 48.3 2517 4604 • 2.54 M 10 x 51 86 130 76 130 51 0.7 2 T 2.375 365 1617 0.12 2 Ye x 21/2 4.00 5.63 3.50 5.63 2.00 1.9 DNSO 60.3 2517 7193 3.05 M10x63 102 143 89 143 51 0.9 21/2 2.875 365 2370 0.12 2 Ys x 216 4.50 6.13 4.00 6.13 2.00 2.1 • 73.0 2517 10542 3.05 M10 x 63 114 156 102 156 51 1.0 3.000 365 2580 0.12 2 • 3/4x 2'/2 4.63 6.00 4.13 6.13 2.00 2.1 DN65 : 76.1 2517 11476 I 3.05 M10x63 118 152 105 156 51 1.0 3 3.500 365 3512 0.12 i 2 Ye x 21/2 5.13 6.75 4.63 6.75 2.00 2.3 DN80 88.9 2517 15622 3.05 M10x63 130 171 117 171 51 1.0 - 4 4.500 365 5805 0.17 2 %x 2' 6.00 7.88 5.63 ' 7.50 2.13 2.9 DN100 114.3 2517 25822 4.32 M10x63 152 200 143 191 54 1.3 4.250 365 5178 0.17 2 3 x 21/2 5.63 7.38 - 5.38 7.38 2.13 3.1 108.0 2517 23020 4.32 M1O x 63 152 1.87 137 187 54 1.4 I 5 5.563 365 8872 0.17 2 '/2 x 3 2.25 5.0 2.3 141.3 2517 _1 39456 4.32 1 M12 x 76 184 235 _. 171 232 57 5.250 365 7901 0.17 1/2 x 3 7.25 9.25 6.75 9.13 6.63 9.00 6.38 9.00 2.25 4.8 133.0 2517 35106 4.32 2 M12 x 76 168 229 162 229 57 2.2 5.500 365 - 8672 0.17 2 'V2 x 3 6.88 9.25 6.75 9.13 2.25 4.9 DN125 139.7 2517 38529 4.32 M12 x 76 175 235 171 232 57 2.2 6 6.625 365 12582 0.17 1/2 x 31/4 8.38 10.38 7.88 10.13 i 2.25 6.0 DN150 168.3 2517 44469 4.32 2 M12x83 213 264 200 257 57 2.7 6.250 ' 365 11198 II 0.17 34 x 3� 7.88 10.00 7.38 9.88 2.25 5.6 2 159.0 2517 ' 49753 4.32 M12 x 83 200 1 254 187 251 57 • 2.5 6.500 365 12112 0.17 Y x 3 Y 8.00 I 10.25 7.75 10.13 2.25 6.0 165.1 2517 53813 4.32 2 M12 x 83 203 i 260 197 257 57 2.7 8 13.625 365 21326 0.17 I 2 /e x 4 10.88 13.38 10.25 13.13 2.50 11.4 5 DN200 219.1 2517 94863 4.32 M16x 101 276i 340 260 333 64 5.2 8.500 365 20712 0.17 2 Ye x 4 10.63 13.25 10.25 10.13 2.63 11.4 216.0 _ 2517 55968 4.32 M16 x 101 270 337 260 257 67 5.2 _ 10 10.750 300 27229 0.25 Ye x 6 Y2 13.75 17.00 13.25 17.13 2.75 22.6 DN250 273.0 2068 121121 6.4 2 M22 x 165 349 432 337 435 i 70 10.3 12 12.750 300 38303 0.25 2 Vex 6 V2 16.00 19 00 15.50 19.13 I 2.75 27.6 0N300 323.9 2068 170380 6.4 I M22 x 165 406 II 483 394 486 70 12.5 2 Working Pressure and End Load are total,from all internal and external loads,based on standard weight(ANSI)steel pipe,standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications.See the Listings/Approvals section of this publication for ratings on other pipe. 3 The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only.Style 009N couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. NOTES • When assembling Style 009N or Style 109 couplings onto end caps,take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop.For Style 009N or Style 109 couplings,use FireLock No.006 end caps containing the-EZ"marking on the inside face or No.60 end caps containing the "QV ET marking on the inside face.Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009N or Style 109 couplings.IMPORTANT:Gaskets intended for the Style 009 or Style 009V couplings cannot be used with the Style 009N or Style 109 coupling.There is no interchanging of gaskets or housings between coupling styles. • Use Of FlushSeal Gaskets For Dry Pipe Systems Style 009N or Style 109 couplings are supplied with Grade"E"Type A gaskets.These gaskets include an integral pipe stop,that once installed provides the similar benefits as a FlushSeal gasket for dry pipe systems.It should be noted that standard Victaulic FlushSeal gaskets cannot be used with the Style 009N or Style 109 couplings. • 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 ®2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 �ataulicr victaulic.com • 4.1 DIMENSIONS Style 109 One-Bolt Installation-Ready Couplingill YB ,•-Z-•, YB Z `4 • YL�i�� ,;mi , r I �^I� x ill� ,, x 11 o� Style 109 Pre-Assembled Style 109 Joint Assembled - Size Bolt/Nut Dimensions Weight Actual Maximum Maximum Pipe End Pre-assembled Joint Assembled Outside Working End SeparationApprox. Nominal Diameter Pressure4 Load4 Allowables Qty. Size YL YB X Z YL YB X Z (Each) inches inches psi lb inches i inches inches inches,inches inches inches inches inches i inches lb mm mm kPa N mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 1 Y4 1.660 365 , 790 0.10 1 I 1 x 2 Y4 1.88 lil 2.50 3.13 1.88 1.88 2.63 2.75 [ 1.88 1.4 I. DN32 42.4 2517 3514 2.54 M10 x 57 48 1 64 79 48 i 48 67 70 I 48 0.6 I 1 Y 1.900 365 1035 0.10 1 3/8 x 214 2.00 2.63 3.25 1.88 2.00 2.75 3.00 1.88 1.5 DN40 48.3 2517 4604 2.54 M10x57 51 67 83 48 51 70 76 48 0.7 2 2.375 365 1616 0.12 1 Ma x 2'h 2.25 2.88 3.88 2.00 2.25 3.13 3.50 2.00 1.8 DN50 60.3 2517 7193 3.05 M10 x63 57 73 98 51 57 79 ", 89 l 51 0.8 2 Yz 2.875 365 2370 0.12 Ms x 2'h 2.50 3.13 4.38 2.00 2.50 3.38 3.88 2.00 2.1 I. __ 73.0 2517 10542 3.05 1 , M10 x 631 64 1 79_ 111 1_ 51 j 64 86 i 98 51 0.9 1 4 Working Pressure and End Load are total,from all internal and external loads,based on standard weight(ANSI)steel pipe,standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications.See the Listings/Approvals section of this publication for ratings on other pipe. 5 The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only.Style 109 couplings are considered rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. NOTES • When assembling Style 009N or Style 109 couplings onto end caps,take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop.For Style 009N or Style 109 couplings,use FireLock No.006 end caps containing the"EZ"marking on the inside face or No.60 end caps containing the "QV EZ"marking on the inside face.Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009N or Style 109 couplings.IMPORTANT:Gaskets intended for the Style 009 or Style 009V couplings cannot be used with the Style 009N or Style 109 coupling.There is no interchanging of gaskets or housings between coupling styles. IP • Use Of FlushSeal Gaskets For Dry Pipe Systems Style 009N or Style 109 couplings are supplied with Grade"E"Type A gaskets.These gaskets include an integral pipe stop,that once installed provides the similar benefits as a FlushSeal gasket for dry pipe systems.It shoutdjbe noted that standard Victaulic FlushSeal gaskets and cannot be used with the Style 009N or Style 109 couplings. 41110 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 C 2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. ' victaulic.com 4 jCt8uliCr victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE • Style 009N Two-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals6 The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approval agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Size cULus" FM" VdS LPCB Actual Outside Sch. 10 Sch.40 Sch. 10 Sch.40 Nominal Diameter psi psi psi psi psi psi inches inches kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa I kPa DN mm bar bar bar bar bar bar 1'/< 1660 365 365 363 363 363 363 DN32 42.4 2517 2517 2503 2503 2500 2500 25 25 25 25 25 25 365 365 363 363 363 363 DN40 4809 1.9 2517 2517 2503 2503 2500 2500 25 25 25 25 i 25 25 2 2.375 365 365 363 • 363 I 363 363 2517 2517 2503 2500 2500 2500 DN50 60.3 25 25 25 25 25 25 I 2.875 365 365 363 363 i 363 363 21/2 73.0 2517 2517 2503 2500 2500 i 2500 25 25 25 25 25 25 • 3.000. . 3659 , 363e 363 ._.__ 363 0N65 76.1 2517' N/A 25038 N/A 2500 2500 25' _ 258 25 25 365 365 — 363 363 363 363 3 3.500 2517 2517 2503 2503 2500 2500 DN80 88.9 _ 25 25 25 25 25 25 365 365 363 363 I363 363 4 4.500 2517 2517 2503 • 2503 2500 2500 DN100 1143 25 25 25 25 25 25 4.250 363 363 N/A N/A 2503 2503 N/A N/A• 108.0 _ 25 25 5.563 290 365 t 363 363 232 363 5 2000 2517 2503 2503 1600 2500 141.3 20 25 .._ 25 25 16 25 _._. _ 363° 5.250 N/A N/A 25038 N/A N/A N/A 133.0 25 2909 3638 _._. 232 363 5.500 DN125 20009 N/A 25038 N/A 1600 2500 739.7 209 258 25 25 • 6 6.625 300 365 363 363 232 363 DN150 168.3 2068 2517 2503 2503 1600 2500 20 25 25' 25 16 25 3638 �'S90 N/A N/A 25038 N/A N/A N/A 25 29010 3638 363 I 6.500 20001° 1 N/A 25038 N/A N/A 2500 165.1 20 _..�_.. 258 L 25_._ _.., 6 Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems.Listed/Approved for dry systems-40°F/C and above. Please see the Victaulic Installation Manual I-009N for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. 7 cULus listed for DIN 2458(EN 10220)2.6 mm pipe wall. 8 FM approved for BS 1387(EN 10255)Medium 3.6 mm pipe wall. 9 cULus listed for EN 10220 4.0 mm pipe wall. 10 cULus listed for EN 10255 4.5 mm pipe wall. " With optional stainless steel fasteners,cULus Listed to 175psi/1207 kPa/12 bar and FM Approved to the FM ratings shown in the above table.The stainless steel fasteners have a marking designation of'316'on the end face of the bolt. '9 cUL listed to 250 psi/1720 kPa/17 bar. 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 ®2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5 ✓ctaulid victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE (CONTINUED) Style 009N Two-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals6 IP The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approval agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Size cULuslr FM11 VdS LPCB Actual Outside Sch. 10 Sch.40 Sch. 10 'I Sch.40 Nominal Diameter psi psi psi psi psi psi inches inches kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa DN mm bar bar bar bar _ bar bar ', 300 365 363 363 232 363 ; 8 8.625 2068 2517 2503 2503 1600 2500 DN200 219.1 • 20 25 25 25 16 25 290 363' - -_ j 6.500 2000 N/A 2503s N/A N/A N/A 216,0 20 257 I 10 10.750 300 300 300 300 DN250 273.0 2068 2068 2068 20613 N/A N/A 20 20 20 20 12 12.750 30013 300 250 300 DN300 323.9 2068t2 • 2068 1720 2068 N/A N/A 2012 25 17 20 s Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems.Listed/Approved for dry systems-40°F/C and above. Please see the Victaulic Installation Manual I-009N for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. 7 cULus listed for DIN 2458(EN 10220)2.6 mm pipe wall. 9 FM approved for BS 1387(EN 10255)Medium 3.6 mm pipe wall. 9 cULus listed for EN 10220 4.0 mm pipe wall. 1° cULus listed for EN 10255 4.5 mm pipe wall. " With optional stainless steel fasteners,cULus Listed to 175ps1/1207 kPa/12 bar and FM Approved to the FM ratings shown in the above table.The stainless steel fasteners have a marking designation of'316'on the end face of the bolt. 12 cUL listed to 250 psi/1720 kPa/17 bar. 5.1 PERFORMANCEIIIP Style 109 One-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals13 The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/ Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. _ Size cULus FM I Actual Outside Sch. 10 Sch.40 Sch. 10 Sch.40 Nominal Diameter psi psi psi psi inches inches kPa kPa i kPa kPa DN mm bar bar bar bar 1 Ya 1.660 365 365 365 365 DN32 42.4 2517 2517 2517 2517 25 25 25 25 • 1'h 1.900 365 365 365 365 DN40 48.3 2517 2517 2517 2517 25 25 25 25 2 2.375 365 365 • 365 365 DN50 603 2517 2517 2517 2517 25 2525 25 _ 25 i 25 . __----------- 73 0 ' 365 365 2Y2 2517 2517 2517 2517 -.._ _- 2.3.0 25 .j 25 __ 365 365 13 Listed/Approved for continuous use in wet and dry systems.Listed/Approved for dry systems-40°F/C and above. Please see the Victaulic Installation Manual 1-109 for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. • • 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 ®2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 6 �Ctaulicr victaulic.com 5.2 PERFORMANCE IIISpecialty Pipe Style 009N Two-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals Size Pressure Rating cULus FM psi psi inches kPa kPa • Pipe Type DN bar bar 1'h-4 300 EF DN32-DN 100 2068 N/A 20 300 300 1 Y4-2 EL DN32-DN50 2008 2 08 300 ET40 1 Y4-2 2068 N/A DN32-DN50 20 _ 300 3-4 EZF DN80-DN100 2068 N/A 20 300 300 1'/4-2 _.. EZT DN32-DN50 2068 2020 68 • • 1'�-4 300 FF DN40-DN100 2068 N/A 20 1 3/42 300 300 • GL DN32-DN50 2068 20680 300 300 DN32/4 DN100 2068 2068 MF _ 20 --_�. 20 III 6 175 175 DN150 1205 1205 12 12 r __ _._ __.. _. _ .. _...- 300 300 MT 1'A-2 2068 2068 DN32-DN50 20 20 l Yi-z. . .. . 300 MLT DN 32-DN50 N/A 2068 20 Yz-4 300 2 TF 73.0rem-DN10020 N/A 2 68 • 175 300 WG5,WGSE,WFS,WG7,WG7E,WL7 1 /a-4 1205 2068 DN32-DN 100 12 20 WLS - 1'/4-2 2068 2068 300 300 DN32-DN50 20 20 • • NOTES • EF=EDDY FLOW steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • MT=Mega-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • EL=EDDYLITE steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • MLT=MLT steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co • ET40=Eddythread 40 steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • TF=Tex-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Tex-Tube Co. • EZF=EZ-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Northwest Pipe Co. • WG5,WGSE,WF5=WGalweld 5,WGalweld 5E,WFlow 5 steel pipe • EZT=EZ-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. manufactured by Wuppermann Stahl GmbH. • FF=Fire-Ho steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. ▪ WG7,WG7E,WL7=WGalweld 7,Wgalweld 7E,WLight 7 steel pipe • GL=GL steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. manufactured by Wuppermann Stahl GmbH • WLS=WLS steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • MF=Mega-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 ®2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 7 Jataulic victaulic.com 5.3 PERFORMANCE Specialty Pipe • Style 109 One-Bolt Installation-Ready Coupling Listings/Approvals ISize Pressure Rating cULus FM inches psi psi kPa kPa Pipe Type DN bar bar 300 1 Ya-2 Yz N/A 2068 DN32-73.0mm EF - .----- o00 N A _. 68 1'h-2Yx 2DN40-73.0mm 20 —I -2 1 1/4300 Easy-Flow N/A 2068 DN32-DN50 20 300 EL DN32-DN50 N/A 2068 20 • 300 300 • • ET40 • DN32-DN50 2068 2068 • 20 20 --- 'A-2 300 1 DN32-DN50 N/A 2068 E -. - . __. -. 20EZT 1 Yx-2 300 ___-. DN40-DN50 2068 N/A 20 • 1 h-2h 300 300 FF 206826 DN40-73.0mm2 0 208 1'h-2 300 GL N/A 2068 DN32-DN50 • j -2 1'A 'h 300 300 MF DN32-73.0mm 2208 2 D8 1 Ya-2 300 300 MT DN32-DN50 2068 206820 -2 1 1/4300 300 MLT 2068 2068 DN32-DN50 20 20 300 TF 2 Y` N/A i 2068 73.0 mm 20 300 WG7,WG7E 1 /s-2 N/A 2068 DN32-DN50 20 1 300 WLS 1 /a-2 N/A 2068 DN32-DN50 20 NOTES • GL=GL steel pipe manuactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • EF=EDDY FLOW steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • ME=Mega-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • Easy-Flow=Easy-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Borusan • MT=Mega-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. Mannesmann Boru. • MLT=MLT steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. • EL=EDDYLITE steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • TF=Tex-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Tex-Tube Co. • ET40=Eddylhread 40 steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. • WG7,WG7E=WGalweld 7 and WGalweld 7E steel pipe manufactured by • EZT=EZ-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. Wuppermann Stahl GmbH. • FF=Fire-Flo steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. • WLS=WLS steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 ©2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 8 ✓ataulic• victaulic.com • 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS A WARNING •a. .%a • Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install any Victaulic �v products.• Always verify that the piping system has been completely depressurized and drained immediately prior to installation,removal,adjustment, or maintenance of any Victaulic products. • Wear safety glasses, hardhat,and foot protection. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. • These products shall be used only in fire protection systems that are designed and installed in accordance with current,applicable National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 13, 13D, 13R, etc.)standards,or equivalent standards,and in accordance with applicable building and fire codes.These standards and codes contain important information regarding protection of systems from freezing temperatures,corrosion, mechanical damage,etc. • The installer shall understand the use of this product and why it was specified for the particular application. • The installer shall understand common industry safety standards and potential consequences of improper product installation. • It is the system designer's responsibility to verify suitability of materials for use with the intended fluid media within the piping system and external environment. • The material specifier shall evaluate the effect of chemical composition,pH level,operating temperature, chloride level,oxygen level, and flow rate on materials to confirm system life will be acceptable for the intended service. Failure to follow installation requirements and local and national codes and standards could compromise system integrity or cause system failure,resulting in death or serious personal injury and property damage. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS 05.01:Seal Selection Guide 75 D1-Original Groove System(OGS)Groove Soeciirca:ions J,009N-Installation Instructions Firel ock EZr"Rigid Coupling Style 009N 1.100:Viclaulic Field Installation Handbook 1.109-Installation Instructions Firer ockru One-Boll Rigid Coupling Style 109 I.ENDCAP:Victaulic End Cass Installation Instructions • • User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Note Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products Victaulic products for a particular end-use application,in accordance with industry to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. standards and project specifications,and the applicable building codes and related Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard regulations as well as Victaulic performance,maintenance,safely,and warning equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. instructions.Nothing in this or any other document,nor any verbal recommendation, Installation advice,or opinion from any Victaulic employee,shall be deemed to alter,vary,supersede, Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale,installation instructions of the product you are installing.Handbooks are included with each shipment guide,or this disclaimer. of Victaulic products,providing complete installation and assembly data,and are available Intellectual Properly Rights in PDF format en ourwebsite at www.victaulic.com. No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, Warranty product,service,or design is intended,or should be constructed,to grant any license Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or arty of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design,or as a recommendation for the use of such Trademarks material,product,service,or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of property right.The terms"Patented"or"Patent Pending"refer to design or utility patents Victaulic Company,and/or its affiliated entities,in the U.S.and/or other countries. or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other 4111 countries. • 10.64 7072 Rev M Updated 12/2018 W 2018 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 9 \Ctaulicr Victaulic® Flexible Coupling JCtauiia Style 75 06.05 • �����_� A WARNING t1111 Victaulic RX roll sets must be used when grooving oailfr • .: ; light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe for use with kr // Victaulic Couplings. �/ Failure to use Victaulic RX roll sets when grooving light-wall/thin-wall stainless steel pipe may cause joint failure, resulting in serious personal injury and/or Exaggerated for clarity property damage. Approvals/Listings © cr LPCB ® ® CM NOTICE • Victaulic RX grooving rolls must be ordered See Victaulic publication 30.01 for details separately. They are identified by a silver color and See Victaulic publication 02.06 for portable water approvals if applicable. the designation RX on the front of the roll sets. Product Description Style 75 is available where moderate pressures are expected or weight considerations are a factor. Up to 50% lighter in weight than the Style 77,the Style 75 coupling is recommended for service up to 500 psi/3450 kPa depending on size. Housings are cast in two identical pieces in all sizes. Hot-dip galvanized and special coatings are available for all sizes. • The Victaulic standard flexible coupling offering for grade "EHP" or"T" gaskets is the Style 177 installation-ready flexible coupling. For all available sizes,the Style 177 is the standard flexible coupling Victaulic supplies in North America for piping systems using Grade "EHP" or "T" gaskets. Contact Victaulic for further details. Performance data presented in this document is based on use with standard wall, carbon steel pipe. For use with stainless steel pipe, please reference publication 17.09 for pressure ratings and end loads.When used on light wall stainless steel pipe, the Victaulic RX roll set must be used to roll groove the pipe. For further information regarding roll grooving stainless steel, refer to publication 17.01. Job/Owner Engineer System No. Spec Section Location Paragraph Contractor Approved l Submitted By Date l Date victaulic.com I Couplings I Flexible I Style 75 I Publication 06.05 410 06.05 1470 Rev 0 Updated 09/2014 ©2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. 1 etauIic' victaulic.com I Couplings I Flexible I Style 75 I Publication 06.05 Material Specifications • Housing: Bolts/Nuts: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Heat-treated plated carbon steel,trackhead meeting the Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and is available upon special request. physical requirements of ASTM A-183 Housing Coating: (specify choice) ❑ Standard: Orange enamel. ❑ Optional: Hot dipped galvanized and others. Gasket: (specify choice') NOTE:Additional gasket styles are available.Contact Victaulic for details. ❑ Grade"E"EPDM EPDM (Green stripe color code). Temperature range—30°F to+230°F/-34°C to+110°C. May be specified for cold and hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. UL Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +73°F/+23°C and hot+180°F/+82°C potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372. NOT COMPATIBLE FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. ❑ Grade"T"Nitrile Nitrile(Orange stripe color code). Temperature range 20°F to+180°F/29°C to+82°C. May be specified for petroleum products,air with oil vapors,vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range. Not compatible for hot water services over +150°F/+66°C or for hot dry air over+140°F/+60°C. 1 Services listed are General Service Guidelines only.It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible.Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. 410 06.05 1470 Rev 0 Updated 09/2014 c 2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 'tctaulic' victaulic.com I Couplings I Flexible I Style 75 I Publication 06.05 Dimensions Style 75 r I+z rr:r,� r.r� En :) t. Lumi - ,- bill Actual Maximum Maximum Allow. Dimensions Approx. Nominal Outside Working End Pipe End Deflection from Weight Size Diameter Pressure' Load' Separation' Centerline' 8olt/Nut4 X Y Z Each Pipe inches inches psi lbs. inches Per Cplg. inches/ft inches inches ' inches lbs. mm mm kPa N mm Degrees mm/m CNo.)size inches mm mm mm kg 1 1.315 500 680 0-0.06 0 0.57 2.38 4.27 1.77 1.3 25 33.4 3450 3025 0-1.6 2�3 48 2-%x2 61 108 45 0.6 1 V 1.660 500 1080 0-0.06 ° 0.45 2.68 4.61 1.77 1.4 32 42.2 3450 4805 0-1.6 2-10 38 2-iLx2 68 117 45 0.6 1 1/2 1.900 500 1420 0-0.06 °- 0.40 2.91 4.82 1.77 1.5 40 48.3 3450 6320 0-1.6 1 56 33 2-3'.x 2 74 122 45 0.6 2 ' 2.375 500 2215 0-0.06 ° 0.32 3.43 5.22 1.88 1.7 50 60.3 3450 9860 0-1.6 1 -31 26 2-'R x 2 87 133 48 0.8 2 Y 2.875 500 3245 0-0.06 ° 0.26 3.88 5.68 1.88 1.9 65 73.0 3450 14440 0-1.6 1 -15 22 2-'Kx2 98 144 48 0.9 76.1 mm 3.000 500 3535 0-0.06 10-12' 0.26 2-i'.x2 4.00 5.90 1.88 1.9 76.1 3450 15730 0-1.6 22 102 150 48 0.9 3 3.500 500 4800 0-0.06 0.22 4.50 7.00 1.88 2.9 ' 80 88.9 3450 21360 0-1.6 1°-218 2-'h x 2 N' 114 178 48 1.3 3'h 4.000 500 6300 0-0.06 0°_54, 0.19 2-'r4 x 214 5.00 7.50 1.88 l 2.9 90 101.6 3450 28035 0-1.6 16 127 191 48 1.3 4 4.500 500 7950 0 013 ° 0.34 5.80 8.03 2.13 4.1 100 114.3 3450 35380 0-3.2 1 36' 28 2-Yz x 2 rh 147 204 54 1.9 4.250 450 6380 0-0.13 1 0.35 5.55 7.79 2.13 3.7 • 108.0 mm 108.0 3100 28395 0-3.2 1^-41 Z9 2-12 x 70 141 198 54 1.7 4 1 5.000 450 8820 0-0.13 1°-26' 0.25 2-Y.x 3 Y. 6.13 9.43 2.13 5.5 120 127.0 3100 39250 0-32 21 _ 156 240 54 2.5 - 1°-18' 2-s/ex3 Y. 5 5.563 450 10935 0-0.13 0.27 6.88 10.07 2.13 5.8 125 141.3 3100 48660 0-32 23 175 256 54 2.6 5.250 450 9735 0-0.13 0.28 6.55 9.37 2.13 6.0 133.0 mm 133.0 3100 43325 0-3.2 1°-21 24 2-16 x 82.5 166 238 54 2.7 5.500 450 10665 0-0.13 0.28 6.80 9.59 2.13 6.3 139.7 mm 1°-18, 2-14x3% 139.7 3100 47460 0-3.2 24 173 244 54 2.9 152.4 mm 6.000 450 12735 0-0.13 1°-12' 0.21 2-%x3'/. 7.38 10.48 1.88 6.2 _ 152.4 3100 56670 0-3.2 18 187 266 i 48 2.8 - 6 6.625 450 15525 0-0.13 1°-5, 0.23 2-% 33( 8.00 11.07 2.13 7.0 150 168.3 3100 69085 0-3.2 _ 18 _ 203 281 54 3.2 159.0 mm, 6.250 450 - 13800 _-. 0-0.13 1°-9, 0.24 2-16x82.5 7.63 10.49 2.13 6.8 159.0 3100 61405 0-3.2 20 194 266 54 3.1 8 8.625 450 26280 0-0.13 00-50, 0.18 2-3bx4'/a 10.34 13.97 2.13 I 12.4 200 219.1 3100 116945 i 0-3.2 i 14 263 355 59 5.6 2 Working Pressure and End Load are total,from all internal and external loads,based on standard weight(ANSI)steel pipe,standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications.Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. 3 Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe. Figures for standard cut grooved pipe may be doubled.These figures are maximums;for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by: 50%for%-3 16/20-90 mm;25%for 4"/100 mm and larger. 4 Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. General Notes Metric thread size bolts are available(color coded gold)for all coupling sizes upon request.Contact Victaulic for details. WARNING:FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY,the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11/2 times the figures shown. •---- -- ----- -...-_..- ---------- -___. - l • 06.05 1470 Rev 0 Updated 09/2014 ®2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 'ctaulie victaulic.com I Couplings I Flexible I Style 75 I Publication 06.05 • • Installation Note Reference should always be made to the I-100 Victaulic Feld Installation Handbook for This product shall be manufactured by Vctaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products the product you are installing.Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. products for complete installation and assembly data,and are available in PDF format Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard on our website at www.victaulic.com. equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Warranty Trademarks Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic far details. Victaulic®is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. • 06.05 1470 Rev 0 Updated 09/2014 0 2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 iCtauliCC Victaulic° Grooved End Fittings ✓ataulid 07.011110 %it No.20 Tee No. 10 Elbow 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes • 3/4—60720— 1500 m m Maximum Working Pressure • Fitting pressure ratings are equivalent to the pressure ratings of the coupling used to install them (See section 7.0 for Reference Materials). Application • Connects pipe, provides change in direction and adapts sizes or components. • Supplied with Victaulic OGS grooves. • Exclusively for use with Victaulic couplings,valves,accessories and pipe which feature ends farmed with the Victaulic OGS groove profile. Pipe Materials • Carbon Steel or Stainless Steel NOTE • These fittings are not intended for use with Victaulic plain end couplings.Intended for use only in grooved piping systems.When connecting wafer or lug type bulterfly valves directly to Victaulic fittings using Style 741 or Style 743 flange adapters,be sure to check disc clearance dimensions with I.D.dimension of fitting. • ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION,MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. • SY stem No. Location S I Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date Approved Date •victaulic.com 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. ✓Ct.>HuliC 1 victaulic.com 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION (Continued) • Other Fitting Styles AGS-Advanced Groove System from 14—60"/350—1500 mm Ductile Iron for AWWA size pipe Publication 20.05 Publication 23.05 Stainless Steel XL fittings for abrasive services Publication 17.16 Publication 07.07 • Galvanized Aluminum Publication 07.01 for Original Groove Fittings Publication 21.03 Publication 20.05 for AGS Fittings 611P Extra Heavy EndSeal"ES" Shouldered Ends Publication 07.03 Publication 07.06 911 Copper Plain End Publication 22.04 Publication 14.04 • 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 ✓ctalulid victaulic.com 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS °Ow ® ' LPCB ® I NOTES • When supplied as"hot dip galvanized"the following fittings are'''.Classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 and for use on cold+86.F/+30°C potable water service and ANSI/NSF 372:No.10 90°Elbow,No.11 45°Elbow,No.12 22/°Elbow,No.13 11 1°Elbow,No.1D0 9D°Long Radius Elbow,No.110 45°Long Radius Elbow,No.20 Tee,No.25 Tee with Grooved Branch,No.3045°Lateral,No.60 Cap,No.50 Concentric Reducers,No.51 Eccentric Reducers. • The following Victaulic fittings are VdS approved:No.10 90°Elbow,No.11 45°Elbow,No.20 Tee and No.60 Cap. • The following Victaulic fittings are LPCB approved:No.10 90°Elbow,No.11 45°Elbow,No.12 221 Elbow,No.13 11 1°Elbow,No.30 45°Lateral,No.30-R Reducing Lateral,No.100 Long Radius Elbow,No.110 Long Radius Elbow,No.20 Tee,No.35 Cross,No.60 Cap,No.25 Reducing Tee,No.33 True Wye,No.50 Concentric Reducer,No.51 Eccentric Reducer and No.29M Tee with Threaded Branch. 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL Fitting: (specify choice) l l Standard: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12. Optional: Segmentally welded steel as shown under nipples Nipples: (specify choice) ❑ 3 —4720— 100 mm: Carbon steel, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM A-53, Type F ❑ 5—67125— 150 mm: Carbon steel, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM A-53, Type E or S, Gr. B El 8— 12/200—300 mm: Carbon steel, Schedule 30 or 40, conforming to ASTM A-53, Type E or S, Gr. B Flanged Adapter Nipples: (specify choice) Li Class 125 Flange: Cast iron conforming to ANSI B-16.1 ❑ Class 150 Flange: Carbon steel conforming to ANSI B-16.5, raised or flat face ❑ Class 300 Flange: Carbon steel conforming to ANSI B-16.5, raised or flat face Fitting Coating: (specify choice) ❑ Standard: Orange enamel ❑ Optional: Hot dip galvanized and others. Some fittings supplied electroplated as standard—see product specifications Flanged Adapter Nipple Coating: (specify choice) ❑ Standard: None(Unfinished) ❑ Optional: Orange enamel, hot dip galvanized and others 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 ✓otaulilcr :.rCi;Oil'. .,.°lr, • ,4.0 DIMENSIONS 4110 Flow Data (Frictional Resistance) The chart expresses the frictional resistance of various Victaulic fittings as equivalent feet of straight pipe. Fittings not listed can be estimated from the data given, for example, a 221/2°elbow is approximately one-half the resistance of a 45°elbow. Values of mid-sizes can be interpolated. Size Dimensions r 90°Elbows 45°Elbows Tees Actual No.100 Na.110 Nominal Outside No. 10 1 1 D Long No. 11 1 1 D Long Size Diameter Std.Radius Radius Std.Radius Radius Branch Run inches inches feet feet I feet feet feet feet DN mm meters meters meters meters meters meters 1 1.315 1.7 0.8 - 4.2 1.7 DN25 33.7 0.5 i 0.2 1.3 0.5 2 2.375 3.5 2.5 LB 1.1 8.5 3.5 DN50 60.3 1.1 0.8 0.5 0.3 2.6 1.1 DN65 3.000 4.3 _ 2.1 - 10.8 4.3 76.1 1.3 0.7 3.3 - 1.3 3 3.500 5.0 3.8 2.6 1.6 13.0 5.0 DN80 l 88.9 1.5 1.2 0.8 0.5 4.0 1.5 4.250 6.4 _ 32 _ 15.3 6.4 108.0 2.0 09 4.7 2.0 4 4.500 6.8 5.0 3.4 2.1 1 16.0 6.8 DN100 1 114.3 ' 2.1 1.5 1 1.0 0.6 4.9 2.1 5.250 8.1 _ 4.1 _ 20.0 8.1 133.0 2.5 1.2 6.2 2.5 DN125 5.500 8.5 _ 4.2 _ 21.0 8.5 139.7 1 2.6 1.3 6.4 2.6 5 5.563 8.5 - 4.2 - 21.0 8.5 • 141.3 2.6 1.3 6.4 2.6 6.250 9.4 4.9 - 25.0 9.6 159.0 2.9 1.5 7.6 2.9 6.500 9.6 _ 5.0 _ 25.0 10.0 165.1 2.9 15 7.6 ____ 3.0 _ 6 6.625 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.0 25.0 10.0 _� DN150 168.3 3.0 I 2.3 1.5 0.9 7.6 3.0 8 8.625 13.0 9.8 6.5 4.0 33.0 13.0 DN200 219.1 4.0 3.0 2.0 I 1.2 10.1 4.0 10 10.750 17.0 12.0 8.3 5.0 41.0 17.0 DN250 273.0 5.2 3.7 2.5 1.5 12.5 5.2 12 12.750 20.0 14.5 10.0 6.0 50.0 20.0 DN300 323.9 6.1 4.4 3.0 1.8 15.2 6.1 14 14.000 24.51 15.8 18.5' 11.0 70.0 23.0 DN350 355.6 7.5 4.8 5.6 3.4 21.3 7.0 16 16.000 28.0' 18.0 21.0' 13.0 80.0 27.0 DN400 406.4 8.5 5.5 6.4 4.0 24.4 8.2 18 18.000 31.0' 20.0 23.5' 14.0 90.0 30.0 DN450 457.0 9.5 6.1 7.2 4.3 27.4 9.1 20 j 20.000 34.0' 22.5 25.5' 16.0 100.0 33.0 DN800 1 508.0 10.4 6.9 7.8 4.9 305 10.1 24 i 24.000 42.0' 27.0 29.5' 19.0 120.0 40.0 DN600 610.0 12.8 8.2 9.0 5.8 36.6 12.2 AGS fittings available up to 60"/1500 mm.Contact Victaulic for details. AGS- ' Fitting flow data for 14-24"/350-600 mm size No.10 and No.11 Elbows is based on fittings for Style 07 and 77 couplings.For flow data on AGS fittings(No. WIO and No.W11 Elbows),refer to publication 20.05. 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 0 2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 �ctaulic' victaulic.com 4.1 DIMENSIONS Elbows ID No. 10 90° Elbow No. 1145° Elbow .-f I.-ctoE No. 12 221/° Elbow EtoE i No. 13 111/4° Elbow i-CtoEl •11•1111MO_i_ #11 cto[ No. 100 90° Long croe� Radius Elbow -'_ -< ctoE - No. 11045° Long to F' etoe ti Radius Elbow L ��ii ' } __ Standard and • GSNK ' No. 100 No. 110 No.10 No.11 No.12 No.13 90°Long Radius 45°Long Radius Size 90°Elbow 45°Elbow 221/2°Elbow 111/2°Elbow ' Elbow _ Elbow Actual Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Outside Wgt. Wgt. Wgt. Wgt. • Wgt. Wgt. Nominal Diameter I C to E (Each) C to E (Each) C to E j (Each) C to E (Each) C to E (Each) C to E (Each) inches inches '. inches lb inches I lb inches lb inches . lb : inches lb inches lb DN mm mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg 'A 1.050 2.25 0.5 1.50 0.5 1.63(sw) _ 1.38(sw) _ 2.50(sw) 0.4 1.88(sw) 0.3 DN20 26.9 57 0.2 38 0.2 41 1 35 64 0.2 48 0.1 1 1.315 2.25 0.6 1.75 0.6 3.25 ', 0.6 1.38(sw) 0.3 2.88(sw)' 0.6 2.25(sw) 0.5 DN25 33.7 57 0.3 44 0.3 83 0.3 35 0.1 73 0.3 57 0.2 -..� 1'/< 1.660 2.75 _1.0 �-- 1.75 0.9 1.75 0.8 1.38(six) w) 0.5 3.25(sw)'� 1.1 2.38(sw) 0.7 DN32 42A 70 0.5 44 0.4 44 0.4 35 0.2 83 0.5 60 0.3 1 o/ 1.900 I 2.75 1.2 1.75 0.9 1.75 0.8 1.38(sw) 0.5 3.63(sw) 2.2 2.50(sw) 1.3 DN40 48.3 70 0.5 44 0.4 44 0.4 35 0.2 92 1.0 64 0.6 2 2.375 3.25 1.8 2.00 1.3 1,88 1.2 1.38 1.0 4.38 2.5 2.75 1.8 DN50 I 60.3 83 0.8 51 0.6 48 0.5 35 0.5 111 1.1 70 0.8 2'V2 2.875 3.75 3.2 2.25 2.2 4.002 2.3 1.50 1.1 5.13 3.4 3.00 2.8 73.0 95 1.5 57 1.0 102 1.0 38 0.5 130 1.5 76 it 1.3 3.000 3.75 3.7 2.25 3.4 2.25 - 1.50 _ - _ DN65 76.1 95 1.7 57 1.5 57 38 3 3.500 4.25 4.5 2.50 3.1 4.502 3.1 1.50 2.1 5.88 6.0 3.38 ' 4.9 DN80 88.9 108 2.0 64 1.4 114 i 1.4 I 38 1.0 149 2.7 86 2.2 31/2 4.000 450 5.6 2.75 4.3 2.50(sw) 4.0 1.75(sw) 2.7 _ DN90 101.6 114 2.5 70 2.0 64 1.8 44 t 1.2 ,. 4 4.500 5.00 7.1 3.00 5.6 2.88 5.6 1,75 3.6 7.50 ' 12.3 4.00 7.3 DN100 114.3 127 3.2 76 2.5 73 2.5 44 1.6 191 5.6 102 3.3 4.250 5.00 11.0 3.00 5.6 108.0 127 5.0 76 2.5 - 41/2 5.000 '.5.25(sw) 10.0 3.13(sw) 6.0 3.50(sw) 6.6 1.88(sw) 4.2 DN120 127.0 133 4.5 79 2.7 89 3.0 48 1.9 - - -- 5 5.563 5.50 11.7 ' 3.25 8.3 2.88(sw) 7.8 2.00(sw) 5.0 9.25(sw) 18.0 14.88(sw)' 14.8 141.3 140 I 5.3 83 3.8 73 3.5 51 2.2 235 8.2 124 6.7 5.250 5.50 11.7 3.25 8.3 (__.. - 133.0 140 5.3 83 3.8 DN125 5.500 5.50 11.7 3.25 8.3 2.88 2.00 - 139.7 140 5.3 __ 83 3.8 73 51 6 6.625 6.50 17.2 3.50 10.8 6.252 12.2 2.00 7.0 10.75 30.4 5.50 17.4 DN150 168.3 165 7.8 ' 89 4.9 159 5.5 51 ' 3.2 273 13.8 140 7.9 6.250 6.50 18.6 I 3.50 10.8 _ 159.0 6.500 6.50 : 15.5 3.50 9.8 3.13 11.4 2.00 7.4 110.75(sw) 29.0 5.50(sw) - 165 8.4 89 4.9 19.0 1 ` 165.1 165 i 7.0 89 1 4.4 i 79 5.2 I 51 3.4 j 273 13.2 140 I 8.6 j 2 Gooseneck design,end-to-end dimension fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 3 For 14'/350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. ' Chinese standard sizes (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(CGS) (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an(sw)or(s). 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. • victaulic.com 5 ✓etaulic' victaulic.com 4.1 DIMENSIONS (Continued) II Elbows No. 10 90° Elbow No. 11 45° Elbow 0- T !.-ctoE-1 No. 12 221/2° Elbow EtoE I II No. 13 11 Ye Elbow i C10E ..„. i cto lir, Radius us Elbow Long Radius Elbow cf E cto4 No. 110 45° Long to E T y CtooE9 Radius Elbow L�� 1 -- minewei Standard and GSNK No.100 ' No. 110 No. 10 No. 11 No.12 No. 13 90°Long Radius 45°Long Radius Size 90°Elbow 45°Elbow 22W Elbow 11r/a°Elbow Elbow Elbow Actual __. Approx. Approx. .. _.. Approx. Approx. ------+. _.. Approx. Approx. Outside Wgt. Wgt. Wgt. Wgt. Wgt. Wgt. Nominal Diameter C to E (Each) C to E (Each) C to E Each C to E i (Each) C to E (Each) C to E (Each) inches inches inches lb inches lb inches l lb inches ! lb inches i lb inches lb DN mm mm kg mm kg ' mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg 8 8.625 7.75 29.9 4.25 20.4 7.752 20.0 2.00 10.1 14.25 66.0 7.25 36.0 DN200 219.1 197 13.6 j 108 9.3 197 9.1 51 4.6 362 30.0 184 16.3 10 10.750 9.00 63.3 '. 4.75 37.5 4.38(sw) 30.0 2.13 11.8 15.00 107.0 6.25 57.0 DN250 273.0 229 28.7 121 17.0 111 13.6 54 5.3 381 48.5 159 i 25.9 12 12.750 10.00 74.0 5.25 66.7 4.88(sw)1 40.0 2.25 29.3 18.00 156.0 7.50 90.0 DN300 323.9 254 33.6 133 30.3 124 18.1 57 13.3 457 70.8 191 40.8 14' 14.000 - 14.00 136.0 5.75 65.0 5.00(sw) 46.0 3.50(sw) 32.0 21.00(s) 164.0 8.75 82.0 DN350 355.6 356 61.7 146 29.5 127 , 20.9 89 14.5 533 74.4 222 I 37.2 14.843 14.84 149.3 6.13 82.0 _ 377.0 377 67.7 156 37.2 163 16.000 16.00 171.0 6.63 88.0 5.00(sw) 58.0 4.00(sw) 42.0 24.00(s) 210.0 10.00(s) 100.0 _DN400 406.5 406 77.6 168 39.3 127 26.3 102 ;_-19.1 610 95.3 254 45.4 ID 16.773 16.75 198.6 7.00 101.3 _ _ _ _ 426.0 425 90.1 178 45.9 183 18.000 18.00 228.0 7.50 108.0 5.50(sw) 65.0 4.50(sw) 53.2 27.00(s) 273.0 11.25(s) 135.0 DN450 457.2 457 103.4 190 50.0 140 29.5 144 24.1 686 123.8 286 61.2 18.898 18.88 291.0 7.83 141.7 . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 480.0 480 132.0 200 64.3 203 20.000 20.00 298.0 8.25 138.0 6.00(sw) 78.6 5.00(sw) 65.0 30.00(s) 343.0 12.50(5) 174.0 DN500 508.0 508 135.2 210 62.6 152 36.0 127 29.5 762 155.6 318 78.9 r 20.866 20.88 355.0 8.63 179.0 ; ( 530.0 530 161.0 219 81.2 I 24' 24.000 24.00 438.0 10.00 221.0 7.00(sw) 140.0 6.00(sw) 60.0 36.00(s) 516.0 15.00(s) 251.0 DN600 609.6 610 198.7 254 100.2 178 63.5 152 27.2 914 234.1 , 381 113.9 24.803 24.80 545.0 10.25 255.2 i _ _ _ _ 630.0 630 247.2 261 115.7 For AGS fitting Information,see publication 20.05 14-60 --__--- 350-1500 AGS" 2 Gooseneck design,end-to-end dimension fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. ' For 14'7350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an(sw)or(s). 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved, victaulic.com 6 ✓atatuliar 4.2 DIMENSIONS Reducing Base Support Elbow No. R-10G Grv. x Grv. No. R-10F Grv. x Flange 511 ctoE� rCi0E-1 I i J L� B Dia. B Dia.1 No.R-10 Size Reducing Base Support Elbow Approx.Weight Each Nominal Size C to E H B Diameter Grv.x Grv. ! Grv.x Flange inches inches inches inches lb ! lb DN mm mm mm kg kg 6 4 9.00 1.25 1.50 19.0 33.0 DN150 x DN100 229 32 _ 38 8.6 15.0 5 9.00 1.50 1.50 23.0 38.0 DN125 229 38 38 10.4 17.2 8 6 10.50 2.13 1.50 33.0 52.0 DN200 x DN150 267 24 38 15.0 23.6 10 8 12.00 2.40 130 61.0 88.0 DN250 x DN200 305 61 38 27.7 39.9 4.3 DIMENSIONS Adapter Elbow No. 18 90°Adapter Elbow c to No. 19 45°Adapter Elbow I`GE I cc°< rt C to 0 TE c t L No. 18 Na.19 Size 90°Adapter Elbow° 45°Adapter Elbows Actual Approximate �_.. . Approx. Nominal Outside Weight Weight Size Diameter C to GE C to TE (Each) C to GE ! C to TE (Each) inches inches inches inches lb inches inches lb DN mm mm mm ! kg mm mm kg 3A 1.050 2.25 2.25 0.5 1.50 1.50 0.5 DN20 26.9 57 57 0.2 38 38 0.2 1 1.315 2.25 2.25 0.5 DN25 33.7 57 57 0.2 11/4 1.660 .. 2.75 2.75 0.9 - DN32 42.4 70 70 0.4 - --11h 1.900 2.75 --- 2.75 1.1 1.75 1.75 0.9 DN40 48.3 70 70 0.5 __-44__._. 44 0.4 _;_ 2 2.375 3.25 4.25 2.5 _ - - _ - DN50 60.3 83 108 1.1 21 2.875 3.75 3.75 3.0 - - _-2.25 2.25 2.3 73.0 95 95 1.4 57 57 1.0 3 3.500 4.25 6.00 5.8 2.50 4.25 _�- 5.0 DN80 88.9 108 152 2.6 64 108 2.3 3,h 4.000 4.50 6.25 8.0 5.25 5.25 8.8 DN90 101.6 114 159 3.6 133 133 4.0 6 6.625 6.50 6.50 17.6 3.50 3.50 12.7 _ DN150 168.3 165 165 8.0 89 89 5.8 _ s Available with British Standard Pipe Threads,specify"BSP"clearly on order. •07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 0 2015 Victaulic Company.Al!rights reserved. victaulic.com 7 JetauliC victaulic.com 4.4 DIMENSIONS 41111 Tees, Crosses and True Wyes .-CtoE-1 rCtoE� . CtoLE "`GE Iglu 14110r S s II E to Cto TE monimiE No.20 No.35 No.33 No.29M Size Tee Cross(sw) True Wye(sw) Tee with Threaded Branch Actual Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Outside Weight Weight Weight , Weight Nominal Dimeter C to E (Each) C to E (Each) C to LE C to SE (Each) C to GE C to TE (Each) inches inches inches lb inches lb inches inches lb inches inches lb DN mm mm kg mm kg mm mm kg mm mm kg 14 1.050 2.25 1 0.6 2.25 0.9 2.25 2.00 0.7 2.25 2.25(sw) 0.6 DN20 26.9 57 i 0.3 57 0.4 57 51 0.3 57 57 0.3 1 1.315 2.25 1.0 2.25 1.3 2.25 2.25 1.1 2.25 2.25 1.0 DN25 33.7 57 0.5 57 0.6 57 57 0.5 57 57 0.5 114 1.660 2.75 i 1.5 2.75 2.1 2.75 2.50 1.5 2.75 2.75 1.5 DN32 42.4 70 0.7 70 1.0 70 64 0.7 70 70 0.7 11/2 1.900 2.75 2.0 - 2.75 2.5 2.75 2.75 1.8 2.75 2.75 2.0 DN40 48.3 70 0.9 70 1.1 70 I 70 0.8 70 70 0.9 2 2.375 3.25 3.0 3.25 3.8 3.25 2.75 2.5 3.25 4.25 3.0 DN50 60.3 83 1.4 83 1.7 83 _ 70 1.1 83 108 1.4 21/2 2.875 3.75 4.3 3.75 6.1 3.75 3.00 4.3 3.75 3.75 4.3 73.0 95 2.0 95 2.8 95 _ 76 2.0 95 95 2.0 DN65 3.000 3.75 5.2 - - - - - 3.75 3.75(sw) i 5.2 III 76.1 95 2.4 95 95 I 2.4 3 3.500 4.25 6.8 4.25 10.5 4.25 3.25 6.1 4.25 6.00 i 6.8 DN80 88.9 108 3.0 108 4.8 108 83 2.8 108 152 1 3.1 31 4.000 4.50(sw) 7.9 4.50 11.5 4.50 3.50 9.6 4.50 4.50(sw) 1 7.9 • DN90 _ 101.6 114 I 3.6 114 5.2 114 89 4.4 114 114 4.250 5.00 15.5 _ _ 5.00 5.00(sw) 15.5 108.0 127 7.0 127 127 i 7.0 4 4.500 5.00 11.9 5.00 15.8 5.00 3.75 9.8 5.00 7.25 11.9 DN100 114.3 127 ' 5.4 127 7.2 127 95 4.4 127 184 5.4 41 5.000 5.25(sw) 15.0 5.25 18.5 5.25 5.25(sw) 15.0 DN120 127.0 , 133 6.8 133 8.4 133 133 6.8 5.250 5.50 17.8 5.50 5.50(sw) 17.8 133.0 140 8.1 - - - - - 140 140 8.1 DN125 5.500 5.50 17.8 - - _ _ _ 5.50 5.50(sw) 17.8 139.7 140 8.1 140 140 i 8.1 5 5.563 5.50 17.8 5.50 20.0 5.50 4.00 15.0 I 5.50 5.50(sw) 17.8 141.3 140 8.1 140 9.1 140 102 6.8 140 140 8.1 6.250 6.50 27.1 6.50 6.50(sw) ! 27.1 159.0 165 12.3 165 165 12.3 6.500 6.50 22.0 6.50 28.0 _ - _ 6.50 6.50(sw) 22.0 165.1 165 10.0 165 ' 12.7 165 165 10.0 6 6.625 6.50 25.7 6.50 28.0 6.50 4.50 22.3 6.50 6.50(sw) 25.7 DN150 168.3 165 11.7 165 r 12.7 165 114 10.1 165 165 11.7 8 8.625 7.75 47.6 7.75 48.0 i 7.75 6.00 36.0 7.75 7.75 47.6 DN200 219.1 197 21.6 --.197 21.8 197 152 16.3 197 197 21.6 10 ', 10.750 9.00 99.0 9.00 121.5 9.00 6.50 69.9 I 9.00 9.00 99.0 DN250 273.0 229 44.9 229 55.1 229 155 31.7 229 229 44.9 12 12.750 10.00 133.0 10.00 110.0 10.00 7.00 -1- 80.0 T-- 10.00 10.00 133.0 DN300 323.9 254 60.3 254 ' 49.9 254 178 36.3 254 254 60.3 6 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 7 Chinese standard sizes (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an(sw)or(s). I • • 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 8 Jctaulic' t/'is Lt it,Cali 4.4 DIMENSIONS (Continued) Tees, Crosses and True Wyes • rCroE I•CtoE1 �� Cto LE c to 61-GE sliabh.‘ 110 In" to: �Sp ccof TE Imi No.20 No.35 No.33 No.29M Size Tee Cross(sw) True Wye(sw) Tee with Threaded Branch , Actual Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Outside Weight Weight Weight Weight Nominal Dimeter C to E (Each) C to E (Each) C to LE C to SE (Each) C to GE C to TE (Each) inches inches inches lb inches lb inches inches lb inches inches lb DN mm mm kg mm kg mm mm kg mm mm kg 146 II 14.000 11.00(sw) ' 145.0 11.00 198.0 11.00 7.50 134.2 _ _ _ _ 111--- 355.6 - DN3501 279 65.8 279 89.8 279 191 60.8 III 11.50 145.0 377.0 292 65.8 166 16.000 12.00(sw) 186.0 12.00 250.0 12.00 8.00 167.0 - - - DN400 406.4 305 84.4 305 113.4 305 203 75.7 426.0 13.00 186.0 - _300 84.4 186 18.000 I 15.50(sw) 260.0 1 15.50 J 350.0 15.50 8.50 234.0 - _ DN450 457.0 _ -394 117.9 394 158.8 394 216 L 106.1 _ 14.63 256.0 480.0 372 116.1 - - - ' - - - - 206 20.000 1 17.25(sw) 336.0 17.25 452.0 17.25 9.00 281.0 DN500 508.0 438 152.4 438 205.0 438 1 229 . 127.5 _ - - 530.0 15.38(sw) 339.0 - _ _ _ - 391 153.8 _ 246 24.000---'20.00(sw) 592.0 20.00 rt 795.0 20.00 10.00 523.0 - - _ DN600 _ 610.0 1 508 268.5 508 360.6 508 I 254 237.2 630.0 17.38(sw) 473.0 • 441 214.5 - - - - - - 14-60 For AGS fitting information,see publication 20.05 DN350- �"" DN1500 6 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic oflers the Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an(sw)or(s). • 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 02015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 9 Jctaulic' victaulic.com • ,4.5 DIMENSIONS 11110 Reducing Tee No. 25 Grooved Branch �ctoE of No. 29T Threaded Branch II,!! . II I' T I c c i•CtoE rCtoEl tE tE II I' TC IIgtoc i No.25 No.29T toE �-"-""--- No.29T M." 1 _I No.25 w/Thd. Size Std. Branch Approx. No.25 No.29T Weight No.29T Nominal Size C to E C to E (Each) No.25 w/Thd. '.. inches inches inches lb Size Std. Branch Approx. DN mm mm kg Weight 4 4 3/4 5.00(sw) 5.00(sw) 8.0 Nominal Size C to E C to E (Each) DN100 x DN100 x DN20 127 127 3.6 inches inches inches lb 1 5.00 5.00 7.8 DN mm mm kg DN25 127 127 3.5 1 1 3/4 2.25(sw) 2.25(sw) 1.0 1'/ 5.00(sw) 5.00(sw) 9.6 DN25 x DN225 x DN20 57 57 0.5 DN32 127 127 4.4 1 1/4 114 1 2,75(sw) 2.75(sw) 1.3 1 1/2 5.00 I 5.00 10.2 DN32 x DN32 x DN25 70 70 0.6 DN40 127 127 4.6 1 1/ 1 1Vz 3/4 2.75(sw) 2.75(sw) 1.5 2 5.00 5.00 11.2 DN40 x DN40 x DN20 70 70 0.7 DN50 127 127 5.1 1 2.75(sw) 2.75(sw) 1.5 21/2 5.00 5.00 11.4 DN25 70 70 0.7 127 127 5.2 1 1/4 2.75(sw) 2.75(sw) 1.7 3 5.00 5.00 11.6 DN32 70 70 0.8 DN80 127 127 5.3 2 2 3/4 3.25 3.25 2.5 5 5 1 5.50(sw) 5.50(sw) 14.0 DN50 x DN50 x DN20 83 I 83 1.1 DN125 x DN125 x DN25 140_ 140 6.4 li 1 3.25 I 3.25 2.7 1 1 5.50(sw) 5.50(sw) 14.3 • DN25 83 83 1.2 DN40 140 140 6.5 1 V. 3.25(sw) 3.25(sw) ! 1.8 2 5.50(sw) 5.50(sw) 14.5 DN32 83 83 0.8 DN50 ' 140 140 6.6 1 Yz 3.25 3.25(sw) 3.0 21 5.50 5.50(sw) 15.2 DN40 83 83 1.4 140 140 6.9 21/2 x 21/2 x 14 ! 3.75(sw) 3.75(sw) 3.9 3 5.50 5.50(sw) 16.6 DN20 95 95 1.8 1 _ DN80 140 140 7.5 _ 1 1 3.75 3.75(sw) 3.8 'I 4 5.50 5.50(sw) 16.7 _. DN25 95 95 1.7 DN1001 140 140 7.6 1 1/4 3.75 3.75 4.2 6 6 1 6.50(sw) 6.50(sw) 23.0 DN32 95 95 1.7 DN150 x DN150 x DN25 165 165 10.4 1 Y 3.75 3.75 3.9 '.. 1'k 6.50(sw) 6.50(sw) 24.0 DN40 95 95 1.8 DN40 165 165 10.9 it 2 3.75 3.75(sw) 4.5 2 6.50 6.50 21.6 DN50 95 95 2.0 DN50 165 165 9.8 3 3 34) 4.25(sw) 4.25(sw) 5.7 21/2 6.50 6.50 21.4 DN80 x DN80 x DN20 108 108 2.6 _T_..165 165 11.7-__d 1 4.25 4.25 6.1 3 6.50 6.50 26.5 DN25 108 108 2.8 DN80 , 165 165 li 12.0 1 V4 4.25 4.25 8.0 4 6.50 6.50 i 25.0 _DN32 108 108 3.6 DN100 165 165 a71.3 1 t 4.25 4.25(sw) 6.5 5 6.50 6.50 L 23.2 DN40 108 108 2.9 165 165 10.5 2 4.25 4.25(ow) ', 6.2 61/2 6'h 3 6.50 6.50(sw) 24.0 DN50 108 108 2.8 , DN165.1 x DN165.1 x DN80 165 165 10.9 21/ 4.25 4.25(sw) j 6.4 4 6.50 6.50(sw) 25.0 108 108 1 29 J _DN100 165 165 11.3 a For 14'/350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the 9 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 9 Cast fitting available.Contact Victaulic for details. 9 Cast fitting available.Contact Victaulic tor details. (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded Ilk • 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. • victaulic.com 10 ✓ataulic' victaulic.com 4.5 DIMENSIONS (Continued) Reducing Tee No. 25 Grooved Branch ctoE1 ctoE No. 29T Threaded Branch VII_{c c IIII T rctoE1 r CtoEl to to I i _i II,II-T II I''T No 25 No.29T IC to to No.29T _____4. No.25 1 w/Thd. Size Std. Branch Approx. No.25 No.29T -j - Weight No.29T Nominal Size C to E C to E (Each) i No.25 1 w/Thd. inches inches inches lb Size Std. Branch Approx. DN 1 mm mm kg Weight 12 12 1 110.00(sw) 10.00(sw) 77.0 Nominal Size C to E C t0 E (Each) DN300 x x DN300 DN25 I 254 254 34.9 • inches inches inches lb 2 '10.00(sw) 10.00(owl 80.0 ON mm mm kg DN50 254 254 36.3 8 8 1 Y) 7.75(sw) ' 7.75(sw) 33.0 2 Y 10.00(sw) 10.00(sw) 78.0 DN200 x DN200 x DN40 197 197 15.0 254 254 35.4 2 7.75(sw) 7.75(sw) 33.5 3 10.00(sw) 10.00(sw) 82.0 DN50_ _ 197 197 15.2 _D_N80 254 254 37.2 -_2'h I 7.75(sw) 7.75(sw) 39.0 4 10.00(sw) 10.00(sw) 80.0 197 197 17.7 DN100 254 254 36.3 3 7.75(sw) 7.75(sw) 33.6 5 10.00(sw) 10.00(sw) 75.0 DN80 197 197 15.2 254 254 34.0 4 7.75 7.75 41.8 6 10.00(sw) 10.00(sw) 75.0 DN100 197 197 19.0 DN_150 254 254 34.0 5 7.75(sw) 7.75(sw) 34.0 8 10.00(sw) 10.00(sw) 80.0 _197 197 15.4 DN200 254 254 _ 36.3 6 7.75 7.75 42.3 10 10.00(sw) 10.00(sw) 84.0 DN150 197 197 19.2 _ �.. . . ___ DN250 254 254 38.1 7.75(sw) 7.75(sw) 48.0 148 14 4 11.00(sw) 11.00(sw) 102.0 165.1 197 197 21.8 DN350 x DN350 x DN100 279 279 46.3 10 10 1�/2 9.00 9.00 62.0 -• 6 11.00(sw) 11.00(sw) 108.2 DN250 x DN250 x DN40 229 229 1 28.1 DN150 279 279 49.1 2 9.00(sw) 9.00(sw) 62.0 8 I 11.00 11.00 112.0 DN50 229 ! 229 28.1 DN200' 279 279 ' 50.8 216 9.00(sw) 9.00(sw) 62.4 10 j 11.00 11.00 120.0 229 229 28.3 DN250,1, 279 I 279 54.4 3 9.00(sw) 9.00(sw) 60.0 12 I 11.00 11.00 129.1 DN80 229 229 27.2 DN300 I 279 279 58.6 4 9.00(sw) 9.00(sw) 61.0 168.. 16 4 12.00 12.00 130.0 DN100 229 229 27.7 DN400 x DN400 z DN100 305 305 59.0 5 9.00(sw) 9.00(sw) 52.0 6 12.00(sw) 12.00(sw) 133.5 229 229 23.6 DN150 305 305 60.6 6 9.00(sw) 9.00(sw) 59.0 8 12.00 12.00 145.0 DN150 229 229 26.8 DN200 305 305 65.8 8 9.00(sw) 9.00(sw) 64.7 --- 10 12.00 12.00 149.5 DN200 229 229 29.3 DN250 305 305 67.8 8 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the 12 12.00 12.00 154.0 Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove DN300 305 305 69.9 fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 14 12.00(sw) _ 167.0 a Cast fitting available.Contact Victaulic for details. DN350 305 I 75.8 8 For 14'/350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove COGS) Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove (ow).Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded fittings in this size,contact g your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 9 Cast fitting available.Contact Victaulic for details. (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 0 2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. ' victaulic.com 11 \ataulic victaulic.com • • 4.5 DIMENSIONS (Continued) libReducing Tee No. 25 Grooved Branch I.Cto E.l Ctckry No. 29T Threaded Branch I -1---- --T � c T c C to y to to �CtoE + I II�II Tc II �--_-II-T No.25 No.29T to To No.29T - _i E 1m 4 No.25 w/Thd. Size t Std. Branch approx. No.25 No.29T -- Weight No.29T Nominal Size C to E C to E (Each) No.25 w/Thd. inches inches inches l lb Size Std. Branch • Approx. DN mm mm kg Weight 248 24 8 20.00 20.00 340.0 Nominal Size C to E C to E (Each) DN600 x DN600 x DN200 508 508 154.2 _ inches inches inches lb 10 20.00 ' 20.00 343.9 DN mm mm kg DN250 508 508 156.0 188 18 4 15.50(sw) 15.50(sw) 194.0 l 12 20.00 20.00 352.8 DN450 x DN450 x DN100 394 394 88.0 DN300 508 508 160.0 l 6 15.50(sw) 15.50(sw) 200.0 • 149 20.00 _ 360.0 DN150 394 394 90.7 DN350 508 163.3_ 8 15.50(sw)' 15.50(sw) 202.0 16 20.00 _ 378.0 DN200 394 394 _91.6 I DN400 508 171.5 10 15.50 15.50 212.0 189 20.00 _ 380.0 DN250 394 ', 394 96.2 DN450 508 172.4 - - 12 15.50 .'. 15.50 222.6 20 20.00 - 373.0 DN300 394 394 101.0 _.. DN500 508 169.2 14 i 15.50 _ 230.1 For AGS fitting information,see DN350 i 394 104.4 _ DN14-60 publication 20.05 16 • 15.50 _ 247.6 DN350-1500 AGS" 11111 DN400' 394 112.3 208 x 20 x 6 17.25 17.25 240.0 8 For 147350 torn and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the DN500 DN500 DN150 438 438 _ 108.9 Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove 8 17.25 17.25 244.0 ' fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. DN200 438 438 110.7 9 Cast fitting available.Contact Victaulic for details. 10 17.25 17.25 256.0 (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) DN250 438 438 116.1 • 12 17.25 17.25 264A (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded DN300 438 438 119.8 NOTES 14 17.25 _ 275.0 • No.29T Threaded Outlet Reducing Tees are supplied NPT and are DN350 438 124.7 available with British Standard threads.For British Standard specify 16 17.25 _ 288.6 "BSP"clearly on order. DN400 438 130.9 • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with art(sw)or(s). • 18 17.25 - 297.0 DN450 438 134.7 8 For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 9 Cast fitting available.Contact Victaulic for details. (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded S . 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 02015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 12 \Ctaulicr ✓iet�;taic.ci .6 • ,4.6 DIMENSIONS Bull Plug 4111/ No. 61 r—EtoE-1 D No.61 1 No.61 Size Bull Plug(s) Actual Approx. Outside Weight Nominal Diameter E to E (Each) inches inches inches lb DN mm mm kg 2 2.375 4.00 2.5 DN50 60.3 102 1.1 21/2 2.875 5.00 3.0 73.0 127 i 1.4 _ 3 3.500 6.00 4.5 DN80 88.9 152 L_ _ .2.0 _ 4 4.500 7.00 7.5 DN100 114.3 178 _ 3.4 __ 5 5.563 8.00 1 12.0 141.3 203 5.4 _ 6 6.625 10.00 17.0 DN150 168.5 254 7.7 (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTES • Steel dish caps available through 247600 mm,contact Victaulic. • No.61 Bull Plugs should be used in vacuum service with Style 72 or 750 • couplings • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an(sw)or(s). • 411 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 02015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 13 Jataulicr victaulic.com 4.7 DIMENSIONS I. 45° Lateral No. 30 I) P to E > C to C to SE / No.30 No.30 No.30 No.30 Size 45°Lateral I Weight Size • 45°Lateral Weight Actual Actual Outside ' Approx. Outside • Approx. Nominal Diameter C to LE C to SE • (Each) Nominal Diameter C to LE C to SE (Each) inches inches inches inches lb inches inches inches inches : lb DN mm mm mm kg DN mm mm mm kg z24 1.050 • 4.50(sw) 2.00(sw) i 1.0 6.500 14.00(sw) , 4.50(sw) 43.6 DN20 26.9 114 51 i 0.5 165.1 356 , 114 19.8 1 1.315 5.00(sw) 2.25(sw) 1.7 6 6.625 14.00(sw) 4.50(sw) 43.6 DN25 33.7 127 57 0.8 DN150 168.3 356 114 49.8 114 1.660 5.75 2.50 2.5(d) 8 8.625 18.00(sw) 6.00(sw) 72.0 DN32 42.4 i 146 i 64 1.1 DN200 219.1 457 152 32.7 11/2 1.900 6.25(sw) 2.75(sw) 3.5 10 10.750 20.50(sw) 6.50(sw) 105.0 DN40 48.3 159 70 1.6 DN250 273.0 521 165 47.6 2 j 2.375 1 7.00(sw) 2.75(sw) j 5.0 12 12.750 23.00(sw) 7.00(sw) I 165.0 DN50 60.3 178 I 70 j 2.3 DN300 323.9 584 178 74.8 21/2 2.875 7.75(sw) 3.00(sw) 9.0 1410 14.000 26.50(sw) 7.50(sw) 276.0 1 1 _ ) . 0(o 125.2 DN65 •I 3?000 8.503.0 (sw) 3.25 7 (w) !, 15.0 DN400 14060.40 i 29.007sw) ' 8.00(sw) I 344.2 76.1 216 83 203 156.1• _ 3 3.500 8.50 3.25 11.7(d) 1810 18.000 32.00(sw) 8.50(sw) 429.0 DN80 88.9 216 83 5.4 DN450 457.0 813 216 194.6 31/2 F - ° ----- ' 35.00(sw) 9.00(sw) 500.0 DN90 101.601 10.00(sw) 3.589 w) 18.11 ON500 20.00050 . II, 889 i 229 226.8 4 4.500 10.50 3.75 22.2(d) 2410 24.000 40.00(sw) 10.00(sw) 715.0 DN100 114.3 267 95 10.1 DN600 610.0 1016 254 324.3 5 5.563 12.50(ow) 4.00(ow) 21.8 For AGS fitting information,see publication 20.05 �'I AGS- 10 For 147350 m and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove DN350-1500 m - fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 1° For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) (awl=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an(sw)or(s). 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ©2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 14 �ataulia victaulic.com 4.8 DIMENSIONS 45°Reducing Lateral (110 No. 30-R cto LE i / LE C to \ (% c to •• L`o S .r SE 'r No.30-R No.30-R No 30-R No 30-R Size 45'Reducing Lateral Size 45°Reducing Lateral Approx. , I Approx. Weight ',' Weight Nominal Size C to LE C to SE (Each) Nominal Size C to LE 1 C to SE ', (Each) inches inches inches lb inches '.. inches inches lb DN mm mm kg DN 1 mm mm kg 3 3 2 8.50 3.25 9.8 14" 14 4 26.50 7.50 172.0 DN80 x DN80 x DN50 216 83 4.4 DN350 x DN350 x DN100 673 191 78.0 21/2 8.50 3.25 9.8 6 26.50 7.50 187.0 DN65 216 '.. 83 4.4 DN150 673 191 84.8 4 4 2 10.50 3.75 10.0 8 26.50 7.50 _- 205.8 DN100 x DN100 x DN50 267 ' 95 4.5 DN200 673 191 93.4 21 10.50 3.75 10.0 10 ' 26.20 7.50 235.0 DN65 ' 267 95 4.5 DN250 673 191 106.6 3 10.50 3.75 18.3 12 26.50 7.50 250.0 DN80 267 95 8.3 DN300 673 191 113.4 5 5 2 12.50 4.00 24.0 1611 16 6 29.00 8.00 215.0 x x DN50 318 102 10.9 DN400 x DN400 x DN150 737--_+ 203 97.5 3 12.50 4.00 27.0 8 29.00 8.00 252.5 DN80 318 102 12.2 DN200 737 203 114.5 4 12.50 4.00 26.5 10 29.00 8.00 265.0 • DN100 318 102 12.0 DN250, 737 203 120.2 6 6 -----3 14.00 4.50 37.0 12 29.00 8.00 295.0 DN150 x DN150 x DN80 356 114 16.8 DN300 737 203 133.8 4 8. 305. DN100 14.00 356 1 _ 114 16.3 DN350 29.00 203 138.3 I {1I 737 203 ,. 138.3 5 14.00 II- 4.50 44.7 18" 18 6 32.00 &50 274.0 356 114 20.3 DN450 x DN450 "t DN150 813 216 124.3 8 8 4 18.00 6.00 62.0 8 32.00 8.50 275.0 DN200 x DN200 x DN100 457 152 28.1 DN200 813 216 124.7 5 18.00 6.00 755 12 32.00 8.50 347.0 457 152 34.2 DN300 813 216 157.4 6 18.00 6.00 82.0 14 32.00 8.50 350.0 DN150 457 152 37.2 DN350 813 216 158.8 10 10 4 20.50 6.50 104.8 16 32.00 8.50 362.0 DN250 x DN250 x DN100 521 165 47.5 DN400 813 216 164.2 5 20.50 6.50 99.0 20" 20 12 35.00 9.00 415.0 521 165 44.9 DN500 x DN500 x DN300 889 229 188.2 6 I 20.50 6.50 105.8 14 35.00 9.00 420.0 DN150{.. . 521 165 48.0 DN350 889 229 190.5 8 20.50 6.50 118.0 16 35.00 10.00 425.0 DN200_ 521 165 53.5 DN400 899 229 192.8 12 12 5 23.00 7.00 122.0 ' 24" 24 16 40.00 10.00 425.0 DN300 x �DN300 x 584 178 55.3 I DN600 x DN600 x DN400 1016 254 192.8 6 23.00 7.00 137.0 20 40.00 10.00 570.0 DN150 584 178 62.1 DN600 1016 254 258.6 8 23.00 7.00 147.0 For AGS fitting information, DN200 584 178 66.7 14-6 see publication 20.05 10 23.00 7.00 167.0 i DN350-DN1500 1 AGS- DN250 DN250 584 __ 178 1 _75.8 " For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. IP 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. , victaulic.com 15 �OtauIjcr victaulic.com • • 4.9 DIMENSIONS 4.10 DIMENSIONS IIITee Wye Adapter Nipple No. 32 No. 4012 Grv. x Thd. No. 42 Grv. x Bev. No. 43 Grv. x Grv. i / r-EtoE-1 r_EtoE-i -EtoE-1// E I _E No.40 No.42 No.43 No.40,42,43 No.32 Size Adapter Nipple(s) No.32 Approx. Size Tee Wye(sw) Actual Outside Weight I� --- Nominal Size Diameter E to E (Each) ! r'pp ' inches inches inches inches • Wetht DN mm mm mm Nominal Size G H Ei Ea (Each) •• inches inches inches inches inches lb 'A 1.050 3.00 0.3 DN mm mm mm mm kg DN20 26.9 76 I 0.1 1 1.315 3.00 OR2 2 2 4 DN50 DN50 DN50 270 1778 22900 229 118 2.9 -. � x x75 94 25 33.7 76 0.2 2Yr 2'/2 21/2 3.00 7.75 10.50 5.75 11.5 1/a 1.660 4.00 0 0.. 4 x x 76 197 267 146 5.2 __... DN32 42.4 102 11/2 1.900 4.00 0.9 3 3 3 3.25 8.50 • 11.50 6.50 14.3 40 48.3 102 0.4 DN80 x DN80 x DN80 83 216 292 165 6.5 "" -- -'-- --- 2 2.375 4.00 11.2 31/2 31/2 31/2 3.25 i 10.00 13.00 7.75 22.9 DN50 60.3 102 0.5 DN90 x DN90 DN90 89 r 254 330 197 10.4 , - ^' 3 2.875 4.00 1.9 x x 8.13 26.0 73.0 102 0.9 100 x DN5100 x DN100 102 318 4 0 207 11.8 _-- _ - 4 4 7 346 _ 3 3.500 4.00 2.5 5 5 5 4.00 12.50 16.13 ' 10.00 • 48.0 DN80 88.9 102 1.1 ill -.. 254 21.8 • 3Vz 4.000 4.00 2.1 6 60. 8 8 8 l 6.14 1356 24 4 11.5029227. DN90 101.6 102 j 0.9 DN150 x DN150 x DN150 114 356 464 292 27.4 4 l 4.500 6.00 5.5 25 6 x x 102 102 10 6.50 20.50 2591 1387.25 127.1 DN100 114.3 __. 152 7.4 DN200 DN200 DN200 152 457 591 387 57.7 5 S.563 6.D0 7.4 18.00 190.0 __ 141.3 152 3.4 DN250 x DN250 x DN250 165 521 ' 692 457 ' 86.2 6 6.625 6.00 9.5 12 12 12 7.00 123.00 ' 31.00 20.50 240.0 DN150 168.3 152 4.3 1 DN300 x DN300 x DN300 1 178 I 584 I 787 521 108.9 8 8.625 6.00 14.2 _ DN200 ! 219.1 15.2 6.4 (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) -- 10 10.750 t 8.00 27.0 , (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded DN250 273.0 _203 12.2 - 12 12.750 8.00 33.0 DN300 323.9 203 15.0 12 Available with British Standard Pipe Threads,specify"BSP"clearly on order. (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTES • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an(sw)or(s). • For pump package nipples with 1 1/2'/40mm hole cut to receive Style 923 Vic-Let or Style 924 Vic-D-Well®request special No.40,42 or 43 nipples and specify No.40-H,42-H or 43-H on order.NOTE:4-121/100-300mm diameter-81/200mm minimum length required. • For roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. • • 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 0 2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. • victaulic.com 16 ✓ctauliC viut�ll i€.i01-H 4.11 DIMENSIONS Cap 10 No. 60 lb lb No.60 No.60 No.60 ' No.60 Size Cap Size Cap Actual Approx. Actual Approx. Outside Weight Outside Weight Nominal Diameter 'T'Thickness i (Each) Nominal Diameter "T"Thickness (Each) inches inches inches lb inches inches inches lb DN mm mm kg DN mm mm kg 3 1.050 0.88 0.2 6.250 1.00 6.8 DN20 26.9 22 0.1 - 159.0 25 3.1 1 1.315 0.88 0.3 6.500 1.00 7.3 25 33.7 22 0.1 165.1 25 3.3 1''4 1.660 0.88 0.3 6 6.625 1.00 6.1 DN32 42.4 22 0.1 _ _ _ DN150 168.3 _ _ 25 2.8 1)/2 1.900 0.88 0.5 8 8.625 1.19 13.1 DN40 48.3 22 0.2 200 219.1 30 5.9 2 2.375 0.88 0.6 - 10 10.750 1.25 21.0 DN50 60.3 22 0.3 DN250 j 273.0 32 _ 9.5 21/2 2.875 I 0.88 1.0 12 12.750 1.25 35.6 73.0 22 0.5 _ DN300 323.9 32 16.2 -�i 13 3.000 0.88 1.2 14 14.000 9.50(s) I 76.1 mm 76.1 22 0.5 DN350 355.6 241 + 3 3.500 0.88 1.2 16 16.000 10.00(s) , + DN80 88.9 22 0.5 DN400 406.4 254 31/2 4.000 0.88 2.5 18t3 18.000 r 11.00(5) + -- DN90 101.6 22 1.1 DN450 _-_ 457.0 I 279 • + 4.250 1.00 2.3 2013 20.000 12.00(s) 108.0 25 1.0 DN500 508.0 305 4 4.500 _---- 1.00 2.5 2411 24.000 13.50(s) + DN100 114.3 25 1.1 DN600 610.0 343 5.250 . 1.00 4.5 For AGS fitting information,see publication 20.05 10 . 2. DN350-DN1500 AGS" 5.50500 1.000 4.55 DN125 139.7 25 2.0 -- '� 5 3 1 ra For 14'/350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the 141 1413 2 25 5 2 2.1 1 Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove For 14'/350 fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 'amm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) +Contact Victaulic for details. (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTES +Contact Victaulic for details. • No.60 cap is not suitable for use in vacuum service with Style 72 or 750 couplings.No.61 bull plugs should be used. • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an(sw)or(s). 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 0 2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. • victaulic.com 17 Jctaulic* 4.12 DIMENSIONS 0 Flanged Adapter Nipple No. 41 ANSI Class 125 No. 45F ANSI Class 150 Flat Face No. 45R ANSI Class 150 Raised Face No. 46F ANSI Class 300 Flat Face No. 46R ANSI Class 300 Raised Face No. 45RE PN10/PN16 Raised Face r-EtoE-.l I_EtoE»I 1_EtoE_l r-EtoE-. 1.-EtoE�l tom-EtoE MI Oil I I IILIII lill I II Iuii I II It No.41 No.45F No.45R No.46F No.46R No 45RE No.41 No.45F and No.45R No.46F and No.46R ANSI 125 ANSI 150 ANSI 300 No.45RE Size Flange Adapter Nipple Flanged Adapter Nipple(s) Flanged Adapter Nipple(s) Flanged Adapter Nipple Actual Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Outside Weight Weight Weight Weight Nominal Diameter E to E (Each) E to E (Each) E to E (Each) E to E (Each) inches inches , inches lb inches lb inches lb inches lb DN mm mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg tk 1.050 3.00 3.00 I 2.3 3.00 3.3 _ _ DN20 26.9 76 76 1.0 76 1.5 1 1.315 3.00 2.5 3.00 2.7 3.00 3.9 - DN25 33.7 76 1.1 76 1.2 76 1.8 1144 1.660 4.00 3.0 4.00 3.3 4.00 4.8 - _ DN32 42.4 102 1.4 102 1.5 102 2.2 1 V 1.900 4.00 3.5 4.00 3.9 4.00 6.9 _ - DN40 48.3 102 1.6 102 1.8 102 3.1 • 2 - 2.375 4.00 5.5 4.00 6.0 4.00 8.2 2.50 5.3 DN50 60.3 102 2.5 102 2.7 102 3.7 64 2.4 21/ 2.875 4.00 8.0 4.00 9.9 4.00 11.9 _ 73.0 102 3.6 102 4.5 102 5.4 _ DN65 3.000 - 2.50 6.5 76.1 _. ( - - - I_- 64 2.9 '.. 3 3.500 4.00 9.5 4.00 11.7 4.00 16.5 2.50 8.2 DNBO 88.9 102 4.3 102 5.3 102 7 5 64 3.7 31/2 4.000 4.00 12.0 4.00 15.1 4.00 20.1 - DN90 101.6 102 5.4 102 6.8 102 9.1 4 4.500 6.00 ! 16.7 6.00 18.5 6.00 27.4 2.75 10.0 DN100 114.3 ! 152 7.6 l 152 8.4 152 124 70 45 5 5.563 6.00 21.5 6.00 21.3 6.00 35.3 141.3 152 9.8 152 9.7 152 16.0 DN125 5.000 2.75 16.3 - _ - - - 139.7 70 7.4 6 6 12 6.625 6.00 26.5 __-__--6.00 27.5 I... 6.00 7.5 2.75 16.3 DN 15D 6.500 _ 4.50 18.7 165.1 i� 110 I 8.5 8 8.625 6.00 39.0 1 6.00 41.3 6.00 70.3 _ _ DN200 219.1 152 17.7 152 18.8 152 31.9 10 10.750 8.00 57.0 8.00 59.3 8.00 100.8 _ _ ON 250 273.0 203 25.9 203 27.1 203 45.7 12 12.750 8.00 41.0 8.00 40.0 8.00 146.2 - _ D N300 323.9 203 18.6 f 203 40.0 203 66.3 -_--1414 14.000 8.00 _ 8.00 8.00 - _ 0N350 355.6 203 203 + 203 + 1614 16.000 8.00 8.00 8.00 _ - DN400 406.4 203 203 + 203 + 1819 18.000 8.00 - 8.00 9.00 _ - DN450 457.0 203 203 + 203 + I 14 For 14"/350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings In this size,contact your nearest Viclaulic sales representative. (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove TOGS) IP (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 18 ✓ctauli victaulic.com • 4.12 DIMENSIONS (Continued) Flanged Adapter Nipple . No. 41 ANSI Class 125 No. 45F ANSI Class 150 Flat Face No. 45R ANSI Class 150 Raised Face No. 46F ANSI Class 300 Flat Face No. 46R ANSI Class 300 Raised Face No. 45RE PN10/PN16 Raised Face I—EtoEl I«EtoE1 I.—EtoE-.l I EtoE�l N—Etotl rEtoE»I MI IIIII I.i11.1 ILIA 7 No.41 No.45F No.45R No.46F No.46R No.45RE No.41 No.45F and No.45R No.46F and No.46R ANSI 125 ANSI 150 ANSI 300 No.45RE Size Flange Adapter Nipple Flanged Adapter Nipple(s) Flanged Adapter Nipple(s) Flanged Adapter Nipple(s) Actual Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Outside Weight Weight Weight Weight Nominal Diameter E to E (Each) E to E (Each) E to E (Each) E to E (Each) inches inches inches lb inches lb inches 1 lb inches lb DN mm mm kg mm 1 kg mm kg l mm kg 2014 20.000 9.00 — 8.00 8.00 _ DN500 508.0 203 203 + 203 + 2414 24.000 8.00 — 8.00 8.00 I DN600 610.0 203 203 + 203 + — 14-60 For AGS fitting information see publication 20.05 DN350-DN 1500 Y 14 For 141350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. ID(s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded +Contact Victaulic for details NOTE • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an(sw)or(s). I II 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 19 ✓Ctaulic victaulic.com • 4.13 DIMENSIONS • Swaged Nipple No. 53 Grv. x Grv. No. 54 Grv. x Thd. No. 55 Thd. x Grv. ri- EtoE ri-EtoEp--EtoE ri- EtoE 1.-EtoE 1.- EtoE II hI 0 11II [Dill Diil > No. 53 No.54 No.55 No.53 No.54 No.55 No.53,54,and 55 Swaged No.53,54,and 55 Swaged Size Nipples(s) Size Nipples(s) Approx. f Approx. Weight Weight Nominal Sizes E to E (Each) i Nominal Sizes E to E (Each) inches inches lb inches inches Ib DN mm kg DN mm kg 2 1 6.50 2.0 5 2 11.00 11.5 DN50 x DN25 165 0.9 X DN50 1 279 5.2 1 1'/ _-- 6.50 2.0 3 11.00 11.3 _-I DN32 165 0.9 DN80 279 5.1 11/2 6.50 1. 2.0 4 11.00 11.5 DN40 165 0.9 DN100 279 5.2 2% 1 7.00 3.0 6 1 12.00 17.0 x DN25 178 1.4 DN150 x DN25 305 7.7 1 Y 7.00 3.0 '. PA 12.00 17.0 DN32 178 1.4 DN32 305 7.7 - 1'h 7.00 3.0 ---_Ph 12.00 17.2 DN40 178 1.4 DN40 305 7.8 2 7.00 3.0 2 12.00 17.4 0 DN50 178 1.4 DN50 305 7.9 3 1 8.00 4.5 2'h 12.00 17.4 DN80 x DN25 203 2.0 305 7.9 114 8.00 4.5 3 12.00 17.4 DN32 203 2.0 DN80 305 7.9 Ph 8.00 4.5 31/2 12.00 17.4 DN40 203 2.0 DN90 305 7.9 2 8.00 4.5 4 12.00 17.5 DN50 203 2.0 DN100 305 7.9 21/2 8.00..._. 4.5 --_-_ 41/2 12.00 17.5 203 2.0 DN120 305 7.9 31/2 3 8.00 6.8 5 12.00 17.5 DN90 x DN80 203 3.1 305 7.9 4 1 9.00 7.5 8 6 20.0 DN100 x DN25 229 3.4 DN200 x DN150 + 9.1 1'/4 9.00 7.5 DN32 229 3,4 (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) 11/2 9.00 - 7.5 - (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded DN40 229 3.4 +Contact Victaulic for details 2 9.00 7.5 NOTE DN50 229 3.4 • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an(sw)or(s). 2'% 9.00 7.5 229 3.4 3 9.00 7.5 DN80 229 3.4 -- --31/2 9.00 7.5 DN90 229 3.4 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ®2015 Viclaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 20 Jctaulicf --.L cUIIC.tOr11 4.14 DIMENSIONS 4.15 DIMENSIONS Female Threaded Adapter Hose Nipple • No. 80 No. 48 F of r-erae-i INIII IIIIIIIIIIIIII No.48 No.80 Size No.48 Hose Nipple(s) Size No.80 Female Threaded Adapter Approx. Actual Approx. 1 Actual Outside Weight Outside Weight Nominal Size Diameter E to E (Each) Nominal Diameter E to E (Each) inches inches inches lb inches inches inches lb DN mm mm kg ON mm mm kg a/a f 1.050 3.12 0.3 ...... -- DN20 f 26.9 79 0.1 .1/4 1.050 2.00 1.0 DN20 26.9 51 0.5 1 1.315 3.38 0.4 1 1.315 2.06 --_ 1.0 - DN25 I 33.7 86 0.2 DN25 33.7 52 _ 0.5 1'A 1.660 3.88 0.6 1'/ 1.660 2.31 (sw) 1,5 - DN32 42.4 98 0.3 DN32 42 ..... .. _I DN40 48.3 98 0.4 1'ri 1.900 2.31 2.31 (sw) 1.5 ._ DN40 48.3 59 0.7 2. 2.375 4.50 1.1 '_- -----__ DN50 60.3 114 0.5 2 2.375 2.50 1.4 -- - -.-- DN50 60.3 64 0.6 23/ 2.875 5.38 2.0 73.0 137 0.9 23/4 2.875 2.75 1.5 ---- ---- 73.0 70 0.7 3 3.500 5.75 3.2 DN80 88.9 146 1.5 3 3.500 2.75 2.9 - -- DN80 88.9 70 1.3 4 4.500 7.00 4.9 ------- DN100 1143 178 ' 2.2 4 4.500 3.25 4.5 ---.___---.... -DN100 114.3 83 2.0 5 5.563 8.75 8.0 • _ - 141.3 222 3.6 (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) 6 6.625 10.13 14.3 (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded DN150 168.3i. 257 6.5 NOTES 8 8.625 11.88 24.7 • Available with British Standard Pipe Threads,specify"BSP"clearly on __ DN200 _ 219.1 302 11.2 order. 10 10.750 12.50 ---40.1 -J DN250 273.0 318 _ 18.2 • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an(sw)or Is). `--- 12 12.750 14.50 62.0 DN300 323.9 j 368 28.1 (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTE • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an(sw)or(s). II 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 C 2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 21 ✓ataulid victaulic.com 4.16 DIMENSIONS IIIConcentric/Eccentric Reducer No. 50 Concentric No. 51 Eccentric 1-tti.l -EtoE-•I I.-EtoE-sl -•--.-..,_ E � rt1,� �-EtoE-sl la-EtoEl �Ct ,I - DI No.50 No.51 Fabricated Steel Fabricated Steel No.50 No. 51 Fabricated Steel Fabricated Steel No.50 No. 51 No. 50 No.51 No.50 Concentric No.51 No.50 Concentric I No.51 Size Reducer Eccentric Reducer 1 Size Reducer Eccentric Reducer Approx. , Approx. --- I Approx. 1 Approx. Weight Weight Weight Weight Nominal E to E (Each) E to E (Each) Nominal I E to E (Each) E to E (Each) inches inches lb inches lb inches inches lb inches lb DN mm kg mm kg DN mm kg mm kg • 1 V4 14 1.9 _ _ 1'A 4.6 DN32 x DN20 + 0.9 DN32 + 2.1 1 1.9 _ Ph 3.00(sw) 2.6 10.00(sw) 8.1 DN25 + 0.9 DN40 76 1.2 254 3.7 - 1Y2 3/4 1.4 _ 2 3.00 2.4 4.00 3.3 DN40 x DN20 + 0.6 DN50 . 76 (_ 1.1 102 I 1.5 1 2.50 0.8 8.50(sw) 4.5 21/2 3.00 2.7 4.00 3.4 DN25 64 0.4 216 2.0 76 1.2 102 1.5 11/4 2.50 1.0 _ _ 3 3.00 3.2 4.00 3.5 DN32 64 0.5 DN80 76 1.4 i 102 1.6 2 3 2.50 0.9 9.00(sw) 2.0 316 3.00 2.9 10.00(sw) 8.0 DN50 x DN20 64 0.3 229 0.9 DN90 76 1.3 254 _ 3.6 1 2.50 0.7 9.00(sw) 2.3 5 2 11.00(sw) 9.0 11.00(sw) 1 5.2 • DN25 64 0.3 229 1.0 x DN50 279 4.1 279 2.4 iv, 2.50 1.2 9.00(sw) 4.6 2164.00 4.3 11.00(sw) 10.8 DN32 _ 64 _ 0.5 229 2.1 102 2.0 279 4.9 11/2 3.50 1.0 3.50 1.1 3 4.00 5.5 11.00(sw) 11.1 DN40 89 0.5 89 0.5. DN80 102 25 279 5.0 _ 21/2 Y. 1.3 --- _ 3.3 4 3.50 4.3 5.00 12.0 x DN20 + 0.6 + 1.5 DN100 89 1.9 127 5.4 1 2.50 1.1 9.50 3.5 6 1 4.00 5.0 11.50(s)v) 14.5 DN25 64 _ 0.5 241 1.6 DN150 x DN25 102 2.3 292 6.6 114 3.50 3.3 3.50 1.4 11/2 5.5 DN32 89 1.589 0.6 DN40 + 25 + + 11/2 2.50 3.6 950(sw) 3.7 2 4.00 6.6 11.50(sw) 14.5 DN40 64 1.6 241 1.7 1 DN50 102 3.0 292 6.6 2 2.50 3.9 3.50 4.3 2 Y2 4.00 6.4 11.50(sw) 14.2 DN50 64 1.8 89 2.0 102 2.9 I 292 6.4 3 Ni 1.5 4.5 3 4.00 6.4 5.50 15.0 DN80 x DN20 + 0.7 + 2.0 DN80 102 2.9 140 6.8 1 2.50 1.3 9.50(sw) 4.8 4 4.00 6.5 5.50 17.0 DN25 64 0.6 241 2.2 DN100 102 2.9 140 7.7 114 2.50 1.4 4.8 5 4.00 6.4 5.50 17.0 DN32 64 0.6 + 2.2 , 102 2.9 140 7.7 1/ 2.50 5.1 9.50(sw) 5.1 8 21/2 16.00 7.9 12.00(sw) 26.1 DN40 64 _2.3 241 2.3 DN200 x_ 406 3.6 305 11.8 2 2.50 1.6 3.50 6.0 3 • 5.00 9.3 12.00(sw) 22.0 DN50 64 0.7 89 2.7 DN80 127 4.2 305 10.0 214 2.50 1.8 3.50 7.0 4 5.00 10.4 12.00(sw) 23.0 64 0.8 89 3.2 DN100 127 4.8 305 10.4 DN76.1 2.50 2.1 - - 5 5.00 11.6 12.00(sw) 23.0 64 1.0 127 52 305 10.4 31/2 3 2.50 2.0 9.50(sw) 7.0 6 5.00 11.9 6.00 24.0 DN90 x DN80 64 0.9 241 3.2 DN150 127 5.4 152 10.9 -. 4 1 3.00 3.0 13.00(sw) 6.5 l5 For 14"/350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the DN100 x DN25 76 _ 1.4 330 2.9 Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size,contact your nearest Viclaulic sales representative. • • 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 22 Jctaulic' victaulic.com 4.16 DIMENSIONS (Continued) Concentric/Eccentric Reducer 1111 No. 50 Concentric No. 51 Eccentric y I'toyE._ EtoE-ry r-EtoE 1 t' E . rt- r--Eto E--st r-Eto E- r-Etil8E-1 Ti Fabricated Steel Fabricated Steel Fabricated Steel Fabricated Steel No.50 No.51 No.50 1 No.51 No.50 No.51 No.50 No.51 No.50 Concentric No.51 1r No.50 Concentric No.51 Size Reducer Eccentric Reducer Size Reducer Eccentric Reducer Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Weight Weight Weight Weight Nominal E to E (Each) E to E (Each) Nominal E to E (Each) E to E (Each) inches inches lb inches lb inches inches lb inches lb ON mm kg mm kg ON mm kg mm kg 10 4 ' 6.00 19.7 ' 13.00(sw) 32.0 20 10 20.00 110.0 20.00 177.0 DN250 x DN100 152 8.9 330 14.5 DN500 x DN250 508 49.9 508 80.3 5 33.0 34.6 12 20.00 120.0 20.00 120.0 + 15.0 + 15.7 DN300 508 54.4 508 54.4 6 6.00 20.0 13.00(sw) 36.9 14 20.00 149.0 20.00 149.0 DN150!I 152 9.1 ':. 330 16.7 DN350 508 67.9 508 67.9 8 6.00 22.0 7.00 21.6 16 20.00 120.0 20.00 120A DN200'i 152 10.0 178 9.8 DN400 508 54.4 508 54.4 12 4 44.0 14.00(sw) 48.0 18 20.00 136.0 20.00 136.0 DN300 x DN100'. + 20.0 356 21.8 DN450 508 61.7 508 61.7 6 7.00 24.6 14.00(sw) 50.0 24 10 20.00 142.0 20.00 142.0 DN150 178 11.2 356 22.7 DN600 x DN250 508 64.4 508 64.4 8 7.00 52.0 14.00(sw) 53.5 12 20.00 150.0 20.00 150.0 DN200 178 23.6 356 24.3 DN300 508 68.0 508 68.0 10 , 7.00 39.0 14.00(sw) 57.0 14 20.00 162A 20.00 162.0 • DN250' 178 17.7 _ 356 25.9 DN350 508 73.5 508 73.5 14 6 I 13.00 65.0 13.00 60.0 16 20.00 162.0 20.00 162A DN350 x DN150 330 29.5 330 27.2 DN400 508 73.5 508 73.5 8 13.00 65.0 13.00 60.0 18 20.00 162A 20.00 162.0 DN200j 330 29.5 330 27.2 __4 DN450 508 73.5 508 73.5 10 13.00 66.0 13.00 65.0 ! 20 20.00 151.0 20.00 190.0 DN250 330 29.9 330 29.5 DN500 508 68.5 508 86.2 12 13.00 68.0 13.00 66.0 For AGS fitting information,see publication 20.05 Rtg34D 330 30.8 I 330 29.9 -J 14-60's 16 8 14.00 I 73.0 14.00 73.0 0N350-DN1500 AGS DN400 x DN200 356 I 33.1 355 33.1 mimmos 10 14.00 73.0 14.00 73.0 1• For 147350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Victaulic offers the DN250 356 33.1 355 _ 33.1 Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove _-- 1 fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. 12 14,00 73.0 14.00 73.0 DN300, 356 33.1 355 33.1 (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) 14 ' 14.00 73.0 14.00 73.0 1 (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded DN350 356 33.1 355 33.1 -_ +Contact Victaulic for details. 18 10 15.00 91.0 15.00 91.0 NOTES DN450 x DN250 381 41.3 381 41.3 - -----"�"' -_--_ • Available with male threaded small end No.52. 12 15.0""0 91.0 15.00 91.0 DN300 381 ' 41.3 __ 381 41.3 • Cast fitting available for JIS size.Contact Victaulic for details, 14 15.00 I 91.0 ' 15.00 91.0 • Steel eccentric reducers available through 30"/750 mm,contact Victaulic DN350 381 1 41.3 381 41.3 for dimensions. 16 15.00 91.0 15.00 91.0 • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an(sw)or(s). DN400 381 i 41.3 381 41.3 15 For 141350 mm and larger roll grooved systems,Viclaulic offers the Advanced Groove System(AGS).For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size,contact your nearest Victaulic sales representative. • 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 0 2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. • • victaulic.com 23 ✓ctaulic victaulic.com 4.17 DIMENSIONS IIISmall Threaded Reducer No. 52 No. 52F E E E E Ii to E�N �t� ('IO El rtoEi � 1 No.52 No 52F No.52 No 52F No.52F Concentric No.52F Concentric No.52 i Reducer with BSPT No.52 Reducer with BSPT Size Small Threader Reducer Female Threaded End Size Small Threader Reducer Female Threaded End Approx. Approx. Approx. APprox. ' Weight Weight Weight Weight Nominal Size E to E (Each) E to E (Each) Nominal Size E to E (Each) E to E (Each) inches inches lb inches inches lb DN mm kg mm kg DN mm kg mm kg 116 1 2.50 0.8 _ _ 4 1 3.00 2.3 _ DN40 x DN25 64 0.4 DN100 x DN25 76 1.0 _ 11 2.50 0.9 _ -- - --- 1V2 3.00 2.7 DN32 64 0.4 DN40 76 1.2 2 4 2.50 0.9 - - 2 3.00 2.6 DN50 x DN20 64 0.4 DN50 76 1.2 _ _ 1 2.50 0.7 - - 2 Yz 3.00 2.6 - - DN25 64 0.3 76 1.2 1 14 2.50 1.2 _ _ 3 3.00 2.5 DN32 64 0.5 DN80 76 1.1 , 1'h 2.50 1.0 108.0mm x 42.4mm 76 1.3 76 1.3 DN40 64 0.5 2'h 2.50 • x DN25 64 0.5 - - 48.3mm 76 1.3 76 1.4 1Y 2.50(sw) 1.2 - - 60mm - - ! 76 1.4 DN32 64 0.5 1/2 2.50(sw) 1.3 - - - 114.3mm x 42.4mm 76 1.3 76 1.3 . 64 0.6 2 2.50 1.4 ! - DN50 64 0.6 - 48.3mm!, 76 1.3 76 1.3 DN65 x DN40 64 0.8 64 0.8 60mm 76 1.3 76 1.4 2 - 5 4 4.5 DN50 - 0.9 x DN100 + 2.0 - 3 x DN20 0.7 3)4 +(sw) 1.5 DN80 - - 133.Omm x 60mm - - 114 ---- 22--_--- 1 2.50 1.3 - - 139.0mm x 60mm i - 114 2.3 DN25 64 0.6 1'Va 2.50 1.5 _ _ 6 1 4.00 5.5 DN32 64 0.7 DN150 x DN25 102 2.5 - - 1 1/2 2.50(sw) 1.5 - - 2 4.00 1 5.7 DN40 i 64 0.7 DN50 102 i 2.6 - - 2 2.50 1.5 21/2 4.00 I 5.8 - DN501 64 0.7 102 l 2.6 - - 2'h 2.50 2.4 3 4.00 i 5.8 I - - 64 1.1 - - DN80 102 2.6 I. 88.9mm x 42.4mm 64 : 0.9 64 0.8 100 +(sw) -_-2.9 48.3mm 64 0.9 64 0.9 5 +(sw) 2'0 - - 0.9 L - - - 60mm 64 0.9 159.0mm x 42.4mm, 114 2.2 144 2.5 (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) 48.3mm 114 2.2 114 2.5 (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded +Contact Victaulic for details. 60mm 114 2.6 III 07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ©2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 24 �Ctstul, r victaulic.com 4.17 DIMENSIONS (Continued) Small Threaded Reducer No. 52 No. 52F E E IIoE wto Ek •■�IIIIIIWIIII1E1 No.52 No 52F No.52 No.52F Concentric Small Threader Reducer with BSPT Size Reducer Female Threaded End Approx. Approx. Weight Weight Nominal Size E to E (Each) E to E (Each) inches inches lb DN mm kg mm kg 165.1mm x 42.4mm 102mm 2.4 102 2.9 48.3mm 102mm I 2.6 102 3.0 60mm — — 102 3.0 8 2 16.00 1.5 DN200 DN50 406 0.7 2 rh 16.00 1.7 406 0.8 J (s)=Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove(OGS) (sw)=Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded NOTES • Available with British Standard Pipe Threads,specify"88P"clearly on order. • All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an(sw)or(s). • User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Note Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability o1 This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products Victaulic products for a particular end-use application,in accordance with industry to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. standards and project specifications,as well as Victaulic performance,maintenance, Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard safety,and warning instructions.Nothing in this or any other document,nor any verbal equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. recommendation,advice,or opinion from any Victaulic employee,shall be deemed to Installation alter,vary,supersede,or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation of sale,installation guide,or this disclaimer instructions of the product you are installing.Handbooksand are ddwith each shipment le Intellectual Properly Rights of Victaulic products,providing complete installation and assembly data,and are available No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. product,service,or design is intended,or should be constructed,to grant any license Warranty under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. or affiliates covering such use or design,or as a recommendation for the use of such material,product,service,or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual Trademarks property right.The terms"Patented"or"Patent Pending"refer to design or utility patents Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other Victaulic Company,and/or its affiliated entities,in the U.S.and/or other countries. countries. • • •07.01 1449 Rev Z Updated 10/2015 ®2015 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 25 \ctaulicr FireLock° Fittings rctaulrc° l• 10.03 Material Specifications: Fitting: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, g rade 65-45-12. N� Fitting Coating: ❑ Orange enamel " I M ❑ Red enamel in Europe, Middle East, Africa, and India ❑ Optional: Hot dipped galvanized Approvals/Listings: cQIIs fLPcel Product Description: FireLock® products comprise a unique system specifically designed for fire protection services. FireLock full-flow elbows and tees feature CAD- developed, hydrodynamic design,affording a shorter center-to-end dimension than standard fittings. A noticeable bulge allows the water to make a smoother turn to maintain similar flow characteristics as standard full flow fittings. FireLock fittings are designed for use exclusively with Victaulic couplings that have been Listed or Approved for Fire Protection Services. Use of other couplings or flange adapters may result in bolt pad interference. Refer to the appropriate listing agency or approval body for pressure ratings. Pressure ratings vary by agency. Job/Owner Engineer System No. Spec Section Location Paragraph Contractor Approved Submitted By Date Date • victaulic.com I FireLock® Fittings I Publication 10.03 10.03 1539 Rev M Updated 12/2014 ®2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. 1 ictaUlie victaulic.com I FireLock® Fittings I Publication 10.03 Dimensions: .Ctoel ,� C •• I I toEl - e ele loEfr ,l / L \\\111111 NO.001 NO.003 NO.002 No.006 No.001 No.003 No.002 No.006 90°Elbow 45°Elbow Straight Tee Cap Actual Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Nominal Outside Weight Weight Weight Weight Size Diameter C to E Each C to E Each C to E Each C to E Each inches inches inches Lbs. inches Lbs. inches Lbs. inches Lbs. mm mm mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg 1/ 1.660 ,-. ---- 0.82 0.3 32 42A - - - - - - 21 0.1 11/2 1.900 - - - - - - 0.82 0.4 40 483 - - - - - _ - 21 0.2 2 2.375 2.75 1.7 2.00 1.8 2.75 2.4 0.88 0.6 50 603 70 0.8 51 - 0.8 70 1.1 22 0.3 21 2.875 3.00 3.1 2.25 2.2 3.00 3.6 0.88 1.0 65 730 76 1.4 57 1.0 _ 76 1.6 22 0.5 76.1 mm 3.000 3.00 3.30 2.25 2.4 3.00 3.8 - - 76.1 76 , 1.5 57 1.1 76.2 1.7 3 3.500 3.38 4.0 2.50 3.1 3.38 5.3 0.88 1.2 80 88.9 86 1.8 64 1.4 86 2.4 22 0.5 108 mm 4.250 4.00 ' 5.7 3.00 5.1 4.00 7.5 - - 108.0 102 2.6 _ 76 2.3 102 _ 3.4 4 4.500 4.00 6.7 3.00 5.6 4.00 8.7 1.00 2.4 100 114.3 102 3.0 76 2.5 102 3.9 25 1.1 5 5.563 4.88 12.6 3.25 8.3 4.88 15.7 1.00 4.1 125 141.3 124 5.7 83 3.8 124 7.1 25 1.9 139.7mm 5.500 4.88 12.4 3.25 8.2 4.88 15.4 - - 139. .9 6.250 5.50 6 32b 3.7 5 159 mm 5.50 12.6 3.50 9.2 5.50 17.9 - - 158.8 140 5.7 89 4.2 140 8.0 • 6 6.625 5.50 18.3 3.50 11.7 5.50 22.7 1.00 5.9 150 168.3 140 8.3 89 5.3 140 _ 10.3 25 2.7 165.1 mm 6.500 5.43 17.6 3.50 11.4 5.50 22.0 165.1 139.7 i 7.9 88.9 5.2 139.7 _ 9.9 - - 8 8.625 6.81 I 25.5 4.25 20.4 6.94 38.7 1.13 127 200 219.1 173 I _ 11.6 108 9.3 176 17.6 29 5.8 __-___-_- --____ • 10.03 1539 Rev M Updated 12/2014 0 2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 datauliit; victaulic.com I FireLock® Fittings I Publication 10.03 Flow Data: II -- -_ Frictional Resistance Actual Equivalent Feet/meters of Straight Pipe' Nominal Outside No.002 Size Diameter . Elbows Straight Tee inches inches No.001 No.003 mm mm 90°Elbow 45°Elbow Branch Run 1,A 1.660 32 42.4 - - - - 1[h 1.900 l - - - -- 40 48.3 - - 2 2.375 3.5 1.8 8.5 3.5 50 60.3 1.1 0.5 2.6 1.1 21 2.875 4.3 2.2 10.8 4.3 65 73.0 1.3 0.7 3.3 1.3 76.1 mm 3.000 4.5 2.3 11.0 4.5 76.1 __. 1.4 0.7 3.4 1.4 3 3.500 5.0 2.6 13.0 5.0 80 88.9 1.5 0.8 4.0 1.5 108mm 4.250 6.4 3.2 15.3 6.4 108.0 2.0 0.9 4.7 2.0 4 4.500 6.8 3.4 16.0 6.8 100 114.3 2.1 1.0 4.9 2.1 5 5.563 8.5 4.2 21.0 8.5 125 141.3 2.6 1.3 6.4 2.6 139.7mm♦ 5.500 8.3 4.1 20.6 8.3 139.7 2.5 1.3 6.3 2.5 159mm 6.250 9.4 4.9 _- 25.0 9.6 158.8 2.9 1.5 7.6 2.9 6 I 6.625 10.0 5.0 25.0 10.0 150 168.3 3.0 1.5 7.6 3.0 165.1 mm 6.500 9.8 4.9 24.5 9.8 165.1 3.0 1.5 7.5 _ 3.0 8 8.625 13.0 5.0 33.0 13.0 • 200 219.1 4.0 1.5 10.1 4.0 ' The flow data listed is based upon the pressure drop of Schedule 40 pipe. General Notes: NOTE:When assembling FireLock EZ couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For FireLock EZ Style 009N/009H couplings, use FireLock No. 006 end caps containing the "EZ" marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps containing the "QV EZ" marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009/009V/009H couplings. Installation Note Reference should always be made to the 1.100 Victaulic F meld Installation Handbook for This product shag be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products the product you are installing.Handbooks are incuded with each shipment of Victaulic to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. products for complete installation and assembly data,and are available in PDF format Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard on our website at www.victaulic.com. equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Warranty Trademarks Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic(or details. Victaulic°is a registered trademark of Victaulic Company. 10.03 1539 Rev M Updated 12/2014 ®2014 Victaulic Company.All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 ictaulic' FireLock® Outlet-T 0O ® (Vds) [Lg SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS STYLE 922 The Style 922 Outlet-T provides a convenient method of incorporating',3,and 1"/15,20 and 25mm outlets for directly connecting sprinklers,drop nipples,sprigs,gauges,drains and other outlet products.Available for 1'/ through 76.1 mm/32 to 76.1 mm piping systems,Style 922 outlets are UL/ULC Listed, LPC,Vds/FM approved for branch connections on wet and dry systems. The locating collar engages into the hole prepared in the pipe.When tightened,the assembly compresses the gasket onto the OD of the pipe.The Style 922 Outlet-T is UL/FM rated up to 300 psi/2068kPa and VdS rated up to 16 bar at the ambient temperatures typical for fire protection systems. Style 922 is suitable for use on standard, lightwall,Schedule 5 and other specialty pipes.* It is supplied with a clear,rust inhibitive coating.Contact Victaulic for other optional coatings. *Consult Section 10.01 for specific listings/approvals. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing:Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536,grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395,grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Gasket: • Grade"E" EPDM-Type A (Violet color code). FireLock products have been Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.and Approved by Factory Mutual Research for wet and dry(oil free air)sprinkler services up to the rated working pressure using the Grade"E"Type A Gasket System. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel,trackhead meeting the physical and chemical require- ments of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. s JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Para Location Date Approved Date www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.®2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.PRINTED IN THE USA. LCta I 11C" REV_D 10.'2 1 IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE- HOLE CUT PRODUCTS 10.5 2 FireLock® Outlet-T ® .c> ® ids t_F.X SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS STYLE 922 - i 3 DIMENSIONS Nominal Size Hole Ap-srnx. inches/mm Diameter Dimensions-inches/m illinIeur. Wei,Eh'.E lf.h Run A Branch t FPTt r.r°dr,r - - " �- Y 2 Ihsrkg 1'/e X 'h 1-'/ic 1.30 + 183 A ie 1.10 3.87 2.56 1.0 Y Z V IM,`� r 32 15 30 2 33.0 46.5 27.9 98.3 65.0 0.45 6� `r T 34 1 Yi6 1.28 16.5 27.9 3.87 2.56 1.1 20 30.2 32.5 1.10 46.5 27.9 98.3 65.0 0.50 • I'• �.g W Lj 1 13/m 1.52 2.18 1.10 3.87 2.56 1.2 �� 1 1 25 30.2 38.6 55.4 27.9 98.3 65.0 0.54 11/2 'h 13/46 1.42 1.95 1.22 4.08 2.56 1.2 40 X 15 30.2 36.1 49.5 31.0 103.6 65.0 0.54 14 1 lie 1.40 1.95 1.22 4.08 2.56 1.2 20 30.2 35.6 49.5 31.0 103.6 65.0 0.54 1 1 356 1.64 2.30 1.22 4.08 2.56 1.3 25 30.2 41.7 58.4 31.0 103.6 65.0 0.59 2 'h 1 Vie 1.66 2.19 1.46 4.60 2.56 1.3 50 x 15 30.2 42.2 55.6 37.1 116.8 65.0 0.59 44 1 Yr 1.64 2.19 1.46 4.60 2.56 1.4 20 30.2 41.7 55.6 37.1 116.8 65.0 0.64 1 1356 1.88 2.54 1.46 4.60 2.56 1.5 25 30.2 47.8 64.5 37.1 116.8 65.0 0.68 1111 21/2 1/213/i6 1.91 2 30.2 .44 1.71 5.40 2.56 1.6 65 X 15 30.2 48.5 62.0 43.4 137.2 65.0 0.73 34 136 1.89 2.44 1.71 5.40 2.56 1.6 20 30.2 48.0 62.0 43.4 137.2 65.0 0.73 1 13/46 2.13 2.79 1.71 5.40 2.56 1.6 25 30.2 54.1 70.9 43.4 137.2 65.0 0.73 76.1 mill X 'h 1/6 1.91 2.44 1.71 5.50 2.56 1.6 15 30.2 48.5 62.0 43.4 139.7 65.0 0.73 14 1 36 1.89 2.44 1.71 5.50 2.56 1.6 20 30.2 48.0 62.0 43.4 139.7 65.0 0.73 1 186 2.13 2.79 1.71 5.50 2.56 1.7 25 30.2 54.1 70.9 43.4 139.7 65.0 0.80 t Victaulic female threaded products are designed to accommodate standard NPT or BSPT(optional) male pipe threads only.Use of male threaded products with special features,such as probes,dry pen- dent sprinklers,etc.,should be verified as suitable for use with this Victaulic product.Failure to verify suitability in advance may result in assembly problems or leakage. "Center of run to engaged pipe end for NPT threads(dimensions are approximate). • www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.02006 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.PRINTED IN THE USA. lctau'1d 10.52 2 REV_D IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE- HOLE CUT PRODUCTS 10.52 FireLock® Outlet-T O tufgl SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS STYLE 922 • a PERFORMANCE Equivalent Length of Nominal Size 1"Pipe ill tasRnr"!I Feet/metem 114 X 1 8.5 32 25 2.6 1h X 1 8.5 40 25 2.6 2 X 1 8.5 50 25 2.6 21/2 X 1 8.5 65 25 2.6 76.1 mm X 1 8.5 25 2.6 • • www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.®2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.PRINTED IN THE USA. iOtb1Ul1Gj REV_D 10.52 3 FireLock® Outlet-T 0) <0> CM (O SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS STYLE 922 • WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications.All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions.Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications,designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. • US&WORLD HEADQUARTERS CANADA CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA P.O. Box 31 905-884-7444 1-610-559-3300 Easton, PA 18044-0031 USA 905-884-9774(fax) 1-610-559-3608(fax) 4901 Kesslersville Road viccanadaavictaulic.com vicalavictaulic.com Easton,PA 18040 USA EUROPE ASIA PACIFIC 1-800-PICK-VIC(1-800-742-5842) 32-9-381-15-00 86-21-54253300 1-610-559-3300 32-9-380-44-38(fax) 86-21-54253671 (fax) 1-610-250-8817(fax) viceuro©victaulic.be vicap@victaulic.com pickvic@victaulic.com UNITED KINGDOM MIDDLE EAST www.victaulic.com 11111111111111111111111 I I Y N1 Y I IH I UI IUIIIII IH 1I1I II HI IU 44(0) 1438741100 971-4-883-88-70 II 9 II 44(0) 1438313883(fax) 971-4-883-88-60(fax) WCAS-6QKGYH • vi c eu ro @v i cta u l ic.b e UPDATED 8/2006 10.52 3355 REV 0 Ictaulid VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY.°2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY.ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.PRINTED IN THE USA. 10.52 FLEXHEAD Flexible Sprinkler Connections Eir)ARIVIL STANDARD TALL SERIES HOSE , _ Unlike traditional hard-piped fire protection systems, 7 FlexHead®sprinkler connections allow engineers, architects, contractors and building owners a degree of `i versatility previously unavailable, featuring: • Industrial grade material • Acceptable for use in a return-air plenum STANDARD TALL HOSE:available in 24", 36 48',60', 72"hose lengths. • Perfect center-of-tile and aesthetic uniformity Rated working pressure 175psi,Straight model, Standard 1"I.D. • Approved for use with medium and heavy load grids (ASTM C635, 636) I rd. • 100% leak-tested connections • All welded, no o-rings .o \ • Adjustable height and sprinkler alignment -- • Proven technology • Ceiling system compatibility STANDARD ELBOW TALL HOSE:24", 36',48",60',72"hose lengths. • Compatible with FM / UL sprinklers Rated working pressure 175psi, Elbow model. • Meets 2013 NFPA 13 guidelines • UL Approved for installation in dry wall ceiling grids APPROVED FLEXHEAD SUSPENDED CEILING DETAIL The benefits of installing FlexHead Commercial r=» �' ' { Connections include: • • Uniform bids/construction schedules • Reduced man power and labor costs • Retrofit existing buildings within confined spaces r - quickly and easily if I • Increased efficiency • Quick and easy installation • Simple friction loss/water pressure calculations FLEXHEAD SHEETROCK CEILING DETAIL • Relocate and reconfigure without draining and disassembling a <ss<,:>iMiNfM : : ; • Flexible design provides versatility for changes in floor plan or occupancy • Reduced service calls I • No call-backs due to quality manufacturing Mir • Rapid construction schedules allowing fast-track building occupancy PROJECT INFORMATION APPROVAL STAMP Project: ['Approved Address: Approved as noted Contractor: ❑Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: • Notes 1: Notes 2: FP-8.18 FLEXHEAD® Flexible Sprinkler Connections (mr)AM/IL • STANDARD TALL SERIES HOSE 2OXXT(STRAIGHT) Ls20mm )./' 6.3 In) f - 3 _ [159] DP 304SS SCH 40 PIPE ['6'21 1 11 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 It 11 11 1111 1111 1111t1 t11111111111 Ilnlll 11 11111r11111111 1 0lal !IrtItIIIr11111ti1t/t111iIIISI11111ri11i11111111i1111i1fI1i111i1111111111tIi«Illifist/l�illsillllil Itli tslsilllltlilll 1411 sllgil4$444$fill«I(s�'(iltslilliii«�ii«I«II�««iiiiiil�II I 133.401 a 6 5 g 5 C 5 5 5 5 ` 10!$!iyj!!i!�!ii!4!•!1i1i}!}!1,!!t1 �!i:!i!ii!�ij�!!i!!�0�j%4',rl,0!1!i!:!r!�',�o!�! t' tiiil�l�ii1I14'�I liil4i'?'i1Piiroi'��'lis i'I�''ii'it'rliii'�l'i4;:iliiri'ii'li i:lli i�b T OUTLEI SIZE 1.'NET THREADS SEE CHART TO ANSI 111.201 MODEL NUMBER: 2OXXT-XX L[TI_=5a(1/2'NPT OUTLET SIZE) OR 75(3/4"NET OUTLET SIZE) =TALL SERIES HOSE All dimensions ere in Indies =HOSE LENGTH(a..a.,9Q",¢Q'.OR jZ") FLEXHEAD STANDARD TALL HOSE SERIES - 1" INTERNAL DIAMETER MD.) HOSE SERIES Minimum Max.Number E covalent of 1 in.Schedule 40 Pipe IFt.I Max.Rated Outlet sem Model Asembly Braid Bend Radius of 90°Bends 9 LengthWorking Pressure Number OSizee Length Le FM UL FM UL UL FM FM UL 5.6 k-Factor 11.0 k-Factor 11.2 k-Factor 14.0 k-Factor 16.8 k-Factor In/rm. In/mm. In./mm. In/mm. In/mm. In./mm. In/mm. Film. Ft-/m. Ft./m. Ft./m. Ft./m. Fr./m. PSI/Kpo P5I/Npa 24 14.7 11 18.4 7.7 7.6 20241-50 610 373.4 1 3 3.4 5.6 2.3 2.3 36 26.7 16 26.6 11.5 11.5 ll 2036T50 914 678.2 2 3 4.9 8.1 3.5 3.5 - - 20481-50 1/ 48 38.7 8 3 3 4 24 30.3 15.3 15.3 - - 175 175 1.27 1219 983.0 200 76.2 7.3 9.2 4.6 4.7 1205 1205 60 50.7 29 35.8 19.1 19.3 20601-50 1524 1287.8 4 4 8.8 10.9 5.8 5.8 2012T30 72 62.7 4 4 35 45.6 23 23.2 - - 1828 1592.6 10.7 13.9 7 7 2024T-75 24 14.7 1 3 12 N/A 14.7 1.1 610 373.4 3.7 4.5 2.1 2036115 36 26.7 2 3 18 N/A 21.5 21.6 21.8 10.9 914 678.2 5.5 6.5 6.6 6.6 3.3 20481•75 374 48 38.7 8 3 3 4 23 N/A 30.5 30.6 29 14.8 175 175 1.90 1219 983.0 200 76.2 7.0 9.3 9.3 8.8 4.5 1205 1265 60 50.7 29 39.5 39.6 36.1 18.7 2060175 1524 1287.8 4 4 8.8 N/A 12 12 11 5.6 72 62.7 32 48.5 48.8 43.2 22.6 2072T7$ 1828 1592.6 4 4 9.8 N/A 14.7 14,9 13.1 6.8 Model Numbers:The'T"designates Tall Series Hose.The"50"designates 'h"Outlet Hose Series.The"75"designates s/4"Outlet Hose Series. Equivalent Lengths are shown with maximum number of 90'bends at the minimum bend radius per agency.2-45'or 3-30'bends equal 1-90'bond.Different values were obtained by FM and UL due to the difference in minimum bend radius,testing protocol and cakulation methods.Please see individual stondords for more information relative to Friction Loss(equivalent length of pipe). See lisnng(s)approval agency for the latest approval details. I FP-8.18 FLEXHEAD® Flexible Sprinkler Connections VZ)AMnL STANDARD TALL. SERIES HUSE 20XXET(ELBOW) L220mm / (01 / 3 17321------- gl- 1 1W 304SS SCH sO PIPE 11111'11111111111111111111111111111111111/1111'11111111111111111111111111111'lll/lll filll ll�ll1llltlll�1t1111/1 IVII111fH1r111111f01111r(.,IYIIYIIY11111111111111 1 !idr'ililil'd''il'IIr'i'r'd'li'411rS1'i�4'ir'il'IiV111di'illtl'1PV11't'iili/, '1i'PSI'i'1'r'riilr'iili11�1iiii'i'14''i1'ii'il?iii''i41�'1li'111'�i'ii1l'idli�i'ii'1�'i17ii'ii'iiII I I� i1l1i111�1411111'11i1i1111i'111111111111�111i'1t1X1111t1$141011111111111111111142 �i111111ir11'11113.1444011i/11111i111irIf116i41i�iL 110il'iliil�lirli1C11141 ii'llilliii 141714I1ii 1 I". TO ANSII 01 201 J t0 PNSI Bl 20.1 7.2 MODEL NUMBER: 11B31i_ 20 Xx 1,-..- 50(1/2"NPT OUTLET SIZE) OR 75(3/4•NPT OUTLET SIZE) -ELBOW TALL SERIES HOSE =HOSE LENGTH(Z2',T9..Mt,¢Q•,OR jr) IMOI OMIT SUE SEE CHART 01.31 133401 FLEXHB4D ELBOW TALL HOSE SERIES - 1" INTERNAL DIAMETER (I.D.) HOSE SERIES Outlet Now Braid Minimum Max.Number Equivalent Length of 1 in.Schedule 40 Pipe(Ft.) Max.Rated Model Assembly Bend Radius of 90•Bends Working Pressure Number Orifice Len h Length Size (L� (B) FM UL FM UL UL FM FM UL • 5.6 k-Factor 8.0 k-Factor 11.2 k-Factor 14.0 k-Factor 16.8 k-Factor In./am. In./mm. In./mm. In/mm. In/mm. In/mm. In./mm. Ft./m. Ft./m. Ft./m. Ft./m. Ft./m. FI./m. PSI/Kpo PSI/Kpa 2024E150 24 19.5 1 3 19 26.4 6.8 7.4 610 495.3 5.8 8.0 1 2.2 2036E150 36 31.5 2 3 23 30.1 11.8 12.5 - - 914 800.7 7.0 9.1 3.6 3.8 2048E150 IA 48 43.5 8 3 3 4 27 33.8 16.9 17.6 175 175 - - 1.17 1219 1104.9 100 76.1 8.2 10.3 5.1 5.3 1105 1205 2060E150 60 55.5 4 4 32 37.5 21.9 22.7 - 1524 1409.7 9.8 11.4 6.6 6.9 2072E150 72 67.5 4 4 35 41.2 27 27.8 - 1828 1714.5 10.7 12.5 8.2 8.4 2024E1.75 24 19.5 1 3 18 N/A 14.7 8.2 610 495.3 5.5 4.5 1.5 36 31.5 23 25.2 26 21.8 13 2036E1-75 914 800.1 2 3 7.0 N/A 7.7 7.9 6.6 3.9 2048ET-75 )37go 1289 14oa.9 2003.5 76.2 3 4 23 N/A 32.9 33 29 0 8.8 17.85. 1105 1205 60 55.5 29 40.6 40 36.1 22.6 2060E1 15 1524 1409.7 4 4 8.8 N/A 12.3 121 11 6.8 2072E1 15 72 67,5 4 4 32 N/A 48.5 47 43.2 27.5 1828 1714.5 9.8 14.7 14.3 13.1 8.3 Model Numbers:The"ET"designates Elbow Tall Series Hose.The"50"designates hA"Outlet Hose Series.The"75"designates V/Outlet Hose Series. Equivalent Lengths ore shown with maximum number of 90'bends at the minimum bend radius per agency.2-45'or 3.30'bands equal 1.90'bend.Different values were obtained by FM and UL due to the difference in minimum bend radius,testing protocol and calculation methods.Please see individual standards for snore information relative to Friction Loss(equivalent length of pipe). See listing(s)approval agency for the latest approval details. 0 FP-8.18 FLEXHEAO Flexible Sprinkler Connections Iz�/IM/IL e INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS MP024BKT2 Multi-Position Open Hub Bracket (MPO) Installation of FlexHead Commercial Ceiling Flexible Sprinkler Drop System Recommend the use of proper PPE for installation.MPO24BKT2 is approved for use with the standard FlexHead®Flexible Sprinkler Hose in accordance to NFPA 13, 13D,& 13R for used in wet and dry sprinkler system.The Standard Flexible �,// sprinkler hoses are UL approved for Limited flexibility and • ® `°i are intended for direct sprinkler connection. APPROVED The MP024BKT2 is pre-assembled at FlexHead ,'. center tile position.(See below for Standard Tall FlexHead additional installation configurations) 2024T,2036T,2048T,2060T, Standard Tall Elbow 2072T,20XXH,20XXHE,20XX1 '2024ET,2036ET,2048ET,2060ET 2072ET T Bar Ceiling - c' ,,• 3MPO Bracket Installation 1 Grid Installation Maneuver the flexible sprinkler drop from the branch to the MPO bracket.Review that the hose length, number of bends, The MPO bracket is designed and bend radius are applicable for the installation per NFPA for use on ceiling grids conforming ir - - guidelines.(See corresponding hose submittal for installation to ASTM C 635*. 'IIinformation.) Locate the center of the The MPO bracket has an open hub for ease of installation. ceiling tile marking,align the Open the hinge apparatus by turning the locking shaft'''Aturn. offset screw with that marking for true center of tile installation. Slide the flexible hose drop into the hub. Ensure the drop is Insert one bracket leg at a time,applying a downward pressure vertical,and the SS Flexible®hose is not applying a substan- on the bracket leg and T-Bar. Place the second leg on the tial moment on the bracket causing sprinkler misalignment. T-Bar and repeat process.(Fig. 1) Latch the hinge door closed III and adjust the sprinkler drop '+► FlexHead Flexible F„ for desired ceiling height. 1 Tighten the set screw till hand I 2HDse Installation '� � ./ Apply Teflon®tape or pipe tight plus 1"tum,(100 in-Ibs). sealant to the 1"NPT thread. Install desired sprinkler head, Install into branch outlet.Any r , per the manufacturer's direction is acceptable,ensure - ... installation instructions. :: the hose is allowed at least one bend per installation to allow for Do not wrench on seismic movement.(See Friction braided hose Loss Chart on page 8 for details.) Tighten hose using the pipe drop section, never apply a wrench to the braided hose for installation.(Fig.2) Installation Configurations Installation Complete isrrry t 24"Tile—24/4-Quarter Mark Positionr.V11111)6111116" 14W'Wood Stud-Center Position• U.S and International Potent Pending: #6,123,154,#6,119,784,#6,752,218,#7,032,680,#6,488,097 0 20XXHE,20)0(SF,20XXE&20XXI,20XXEr with MP024BKT2 Bracket has not been evaluated by UL. 'Intended for use on ASTM C 635 intermediate or heavy duty ceilings systems installed in accordance to ASTM C 636. •FM Approved,Installation has not been evaluated by UL. FP-8.18 FLEXHEAD® Flexible Sprinkler Connections ((* AM/IL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ADOXXBKT3 Adjustable Open Hub Bracket (ADO) Installation of FlexHead Commercial Ceiling Flexible Sprinkler Drop System Recommend the use of proper PPE for installation.ADOXX- The ADOXXBKT3 is pre-assembled at 1> BKT3 is approved for use with the standard FlexHead®and center tile position. (See below for APPROVED SuperFlex'° Flexible Sprinkler Hose in accordance to NFPA 13, additional installation configurations) 13D, &13R for use in wet and dry sprinkler system.The ADO16BKT3&ADO24BKT3 UL Listed and FM Approved. Standard&SuperFlex" Flexible sprinkler hoses are UL ADO3OBKT3&AD048BKT3 FM Approved. approved for limited flexibility and are intended for direct sprinkler connection. FlexHead" Standard Tall FlexHead" 2024T,2036T,2048T,2060T, --" Standard Tall Elbow SuperFlex'" 2072T,20XXH,20XXHE,20XXI l" 2024ET,2036ET,2048ET,2060ET,2072ET 2036SF,2048SF,2072SF T Bar Ceiling ',ADO Bracket Fig.3a I Grid Installation S Installation The ADO bracket is designed for Maneuver the flexible sprinkler - r use on ceiling grids conforming to drop from the branch to the ADO " ASTM C 635'. bralength, Review that thends hose OP Locate the center of the length, number of bends,and ceiling tile marking,align the bend radius are applicable for offset screw with that marking for true center of tile installation. the installation per NFPA Insert one bracket leg at a time,applying a downward pressure guidelines.(See corresponding t on the bracket leg and T-Bar.Place the second leg on the hose submittal for installation T-Bar and repeat process.(Fig. 1) information.) JJJ The ADO bracket has an open FlexHead Flexible hub for ease of installation. &Hose Installation OIF, pen the hinge apparatus by turning the locking shaft%turn. A.For threaded fitting branch �` connection:Apply Teflon®tape or Slide the flexible hose drop into pipe sealant to the 1" NPT the hub. Ensure the drop is vertical,and the SS Flexible®hose thread. Install into branch outlet. is not applying a substantial moment on the bracket causing Tigthen the hose using the pipe " "" sprinkler misalignment.Latch the hinge door closed and adjust the sprinkler drop for desired ceiling height.Tighten the set section,never apply a wrench to Do not wrench on screw till hand tight plus%"tum,(130 in-Ibs).(Fig.3a and 3b) the braided hose when installing. braided hose B.For groove connection follow the grooved coupling manufac- Install desired sprinkler head, per the manufacturers turer's installation instructions. installation instructions. C.For SLT connection follow Gruvlok®installation instructions, "Fig 7074SLT SlideLOK®Ready for Installation Cap&Fitting Instructions". The FlexHead connection can be installed in any direction from the branch. Ensure the hose is allowed at least one bend per installation to allow for seismic movement. (See fiction Loss Chart on Page 3 for details) Installation Configurations Installation Com a lete 0011 L ''- . Slibo 24"Tile—24/4-Quarter Mark Position 14'fz"Wood Stud-Center Position* • U.S and International Patent Pending: #6,123,154,#6,119,784,#6,752,218,#7,032,680,#6,488,097 20XXT,220XXEr,20XXH,20XXHE,2OXXl,with ADOXXBKT3 Bracket has not been evaluated by UL. Intended for use on ASTM C 635 intermediate or heavy duty ceilings systems installed in accordance to ASTM C 636. •FM Approved,Installation has not been evaluated by UL. FP-8.18 FLEXHEAD® Flexible Sprinkler Connections =)4NVIL • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS MPT24BKT1 Multi-Position Tall Bracket (MPT) Installation of FlexHead Commercial Ceiling Flexible Sprinkler Drop System Recommend the use of proper PPE for installation. MPT-24- approved for limited flexibility and are 11> el BKT1 is approved for use with the standard FlexHead®and intended for direct sprinkler connection. SuperFlexTM Flexible Sprinkler Hose in accordance to NFPA The MPT bracket is set for 24"center of tile installation.(See 13, 13D,& 13R for use in wet and dry sprinkler system.The back side for additional installation configurations) Standard&SuperFlexTM Flexible sprinkler hoses are UL - FlexHead' FlexHead' Standard Tall Standard Tall Elbow SuperFlex'" 20241,20361,20481,2060T,2072T 2024ET,2036ET,2048ET,2060ET,2072ET 2036SF,2048SF,2072SF 1 T Bar Ceiling Grid Installation FlexHead Flexible Hose Installation The MPT bracket is designed for use on ceiling grids A.For threaded fitting branch connection:Apply Teflon® conforming to ASTM C 635*. pe or pipe sealant to the 1"NPT thread. Install into branch Locate the center of the ceiling tile marking,align the offset outlet.Tigthen the hose using the pipe section, never apply a screw with that marking for true center of tile installation.lnsert wrench to the braided hose when installing. el one bracket leg at a time,applying a downward pressure on the B. For groove connection follow the grooved coupling manufac- bracket leg and T-Bar.Screw the self tapping screw using a turer's installation instructions. #2 square head driver. Place the second leg on the T-Bar and C. For SLT connection follow Gruvlok®installation instructions, repeat process.(Fig. 1) "Fig 7074SLT SlideLOK®Ready for Installation Cap&Fitting Instructions". . ,. ill . The FlexHead connection can be installed in any direction from the branch. Ensure the hose is allowed at least one bend per installation to allow for seismic movement. (See fiction Loss 4 . ` Chart on Page 3 for details) lirlk r l r- ' ._* r ... ~ r Do not wrench on braided hose IN" "Intended for use on ASTM C 635 intermediate or heavy duty ceilings systems installed in accordance to ASTM C 636. FP-8.18 FLEXHEAD® Flexible Sprinkler Connections (1C11))))AM/IL 3 Secure the Flexhead Sprinkler Drop to 4 Ceiling Tile Installation —The flexible sprinkler 0 MPT Bracket - Maneuver the flexible sprinkler drop drop system with MPT Bracket is able to be installed prior from the branch to the MPT bracket. Review that the hose to the ceiling tile installation, preventing the need for sprinkler length,number of bends,and bend radius are applicable for the contractor tile adjustment. installation per NFPA guidelines.(See corresponding hose For ease of tile installation,cut the largest sprinkler hole submittal for installation information.) recommended by the manufacturer.The largest hole that The MPT bracket has an open hub for ease of installation. is still covered by the sprinkler escutcheon allows for an easier Open the hinge apparatus by turning the locking shaft'A turn, install. Slide the flexible hose drop into the hub. Ensure the drop is Angle the tile at 45 degrees and push the tile through the hole vertical,and the SS Flexible®hose is not applying a substantial and up above the ceiling T-bar,maneuver the tile and allow it moment on the bracket causing sprinkler misalignment.Latch to drop in the proper location.(Fig.4) the hinge door close and adjust the sprinkler drop for desired ceiling height.Tightening the set screw till hand tight plus two full revolutions,(130 in-Ibs).(Fig.3a and 3b) Install desired sprinkler head,per the manufacturer's installation ww h instructions. I wip. ..., a . e 'IEIIIIIOII, —.- -- L err ,g,l.. .° Instaliatlon Gomplet� _ _ ?� . \ I tom. I. Installation Configurations Illr i Fa; le' : . k , i i ‘ ......._ _..irk �� 24"Tile—24/4 16"Tile—16/2 16"Metal Stud 14'/2"Wood Stud Quarter Mark Position Center Position Center Position• Center Position• U.S and International Patent Pending: #6,123,154,#6,119,784,#6,752,218,#7,032,680,#6,488,097 20)0 ET with MP1-24BKT1 Bracket has not been evaluated by UL. FM Approved,Installation has not been evaluated by UL. • FP-8.18 FLEXHEMY Flexible Sprinkler Connections = 4INVUL 0 FRICTION LOSS DATA & SPECIFICATIONS Minimum Max.Number Equivalent Length of 1 in.Schedule 40 Pipe(Ft.) Max.Rated Model Outlet Hose Bend Radius of 90'BendsWorking Pressure Orifice Assembly Number Size Length FM UL UL FM UL FM FM UL 5.6 k-Factor 8.0 k-Factor 11.2 k-Factor 14.0 k-Factor 16.8 k-Factor 22.4 k-Factor In./cm. In./mm. In./mm.In/mm.In/mm.In./mm. Ft./m. Ft./m. Ft./m. Fl./m. Ft./m. Ft./m. Fl./m. PSI/ ., PSI/K.a - - • ,, -�__ ,Ijj':-Flex I"Internal Diameter(ID)Hose Series 2036Sf•50 36 2 30 16.2 16.9 11.5 - 914 9.1 4.9 5.1 3.5 20485F50 1 48 7 2 8 3 47 28.7 29.3 15.4 1.27 1219 178 508 14.3 8.7 8.9 4.7 72 71 53.9 54.3 23.2 1072SF•50 12 1828 4 21.6 16.4 6.5 7 - 36 29 21.5 21.6 21.8 22 20365F-75 914 2 8.8 6.5 6.5 6.6 6.7 - 20485F75 '7, 48 7 2 8 3 44 - 30.5 30.6 31.1 30.8 - 1.90 1219 178 50.8 13.49.2 9.3 9.4 9.3 72 70 48.5 48.8 49.9 48.6 20725F75 12 1828 4 21.3 - 14.7 14.8 15.2 14.8 - SulerF1ex Elbow 1"Internal Diameter(ID)Hose Series 2036ESF-50 36 2 25.8 26.1 12.5 - 9147.8 7.9 3.8 2048ESF-50 1 48 7 N/A - 3 - 36.1 36.3 17.6 175 175 1.27 1219 178Il 11 5.3 1205 1205 2072ESF-50 72 _ 4 57.3 56.9 27.8 1828 17.4 17.3 8.4 2036ESF•75 36 - 2 - _ 25.2 26 25.9 25.7 9147.6 7.9 7.9 7.8 2048ESF-75 3/ 48 7 N/A - 3 - - 32.9 33 33 33 175 175 41 1.90 219 78 10 10 10 10 1105 1205 2072ESF-75 72 4 48.5 41 47.3 47.6 1828 4.8 4 3 14.4 145 Flexhead Standard Tall 1"Internal Diameter(I.0)Hose Series 24 11 18.4 1.7 7.6 2024T-50 610 3 1 3.4 5.6 2.3 2.3 - - 36 16 26.6 11.5 11.5 2036T50 914 3 2 4.9 9.1 3.5 3.5 - - - k 48 8 3 24 30.3 15.3 15.4 175 175 2048T 50 1.27 1219 200 76.2 4 3 7.3 9.1 4.6 4.7 - - 1205 1205 60 29 35.8 19.1 19.3 2060T•50 1524 4 4 8.8 10.9 5.8 5.8 - - - 72 35 45.6 23.0 23.2 2012T 50 1828 4 4 10.7 13.9 J 7 - 24 12 7.3 5.9 14.7 7.1 2024T75 610 3 1 3.7 - 2.2 1.8 4.5 2.1 - 36 18 21.5 10.4 21.8 10.9 2036T 75 914 3 2 5.5 - 6.5 3.1 6.6 3.3 - 20481-75 37+ 48 8 3 4 3 23 30.5 14.9 29 14.8 175 175 1.90 1219 200 76.2 7.0 9.3 4.5 8.8 4.5 1205 1205 60 29 39.5 19.4 36.1 18.7 2060T 75 1524 4 4 8.8 - 12 5.9 II 5.6 - 72 32 48.5 24.0 43.2 22.6 2012T 15 1828 4 4 9.8 - 14.7 7.3 13.1 6.8 Flexhead Standard Toll Elbow 1"Irternol Diameter(I.D)Hose Series 2024E1-50 24 3 1 19 26.4 6.8 7.4 - 610 5.8 8.0 2 1.1 2036E1-50 36 3 2 23 30.1 11.8 12.5 - 914 7.0 9.1 3.6 3.8 2048E1-50 1 48 8 3 4 3 27 33.8 16.9 17.6 175 175 1.27 1119 200 76.2 8.2 10.3 5.1 5.3 1205 1205 2060ET50 60 4 4 32 37.5 21.9 22.7 - 1524 9.8 11.4 6.6 6.9 - 2072E1-50 72 4 4 35 41.2 27.0 27.8 1818 10.7 11.5 8.2 8.4 40 See Table holes on Page 8. FP-6.18 FLEXHEAD® Flexible Sprinkler Connections 6r)ARIVIL 0 FRICTION LOSS DATA & SPECIFICATIONS Outlet Ouse Minimum Max.Number Equivalent Length of 1 in.Schedule 40 Pipe(Ft.) Max.Rated Model Orificeu AssemblyHoseBend Radius of 90°Bends Working Pressure Number Size Length FM UL UL FM UL FM FM UL 5.6 k-Fodor 8.0 k-Factor 11.2 k-Factor 14.0 k-Factor 16.8 k-Factor 22.4 k-Fador In./cm. In./mm. In/mm.In/mm In/mm.In/nun. Fl./m. Ft./m. Ft./m. FL./m. Ft./m. Him. Ft/m. PSI/Kpa PSI/Kpa 2024ET75 24 3 1 18 8.8 8.7 14.7 8.2 610 5.5 1.6 2.6 4.5 2.5 2036E115 36 3 2 23 - 25.5 14.2 21.8 13 914 7.07.7 4.7 6.6 3.9 2048E1--75 3/4 48 8 3 4 3 23 32.9 18.4 29 11.8 175 175 1.90 1119 200 76.2 7.0 10 5.6 8.8 5.4 1205 1205 2060E175 60 4 4 29 - 40.6 22.7 36.1 22.6 514 8.812.3 6.9 1.0 6.8 2072E175 72 4 4 32 48.5 27.0 43.2 27.5 - 1828 9.8 14.7 82 13.1 8.3 Flexlead High Pressure 1"Internal Diameter(I.D)Hose Series 2024H-50 24 3 2 it 18.4 1.7 7.6 - 610 3.4 5.6 2.3 2.3 2036H-50 36 3 3 16 26.6 11.5 11.5 914 4.9 81 3.5 3.5 20480 50 1/248 8 3 4 4 24 30.3 15.3 15.4 - - - 300 300 127 1219 200 76.2 7.3 9.1 4.6 4.72068 2068 20600-50 60 4 4 29 35.8 19.1 19.3 1524 8.8 0.9 5.8 5.8 20720-50 72 4 4 35 45.6 23.0 23.2 - 1828 10.7 13.9 7 7 - 20240 75 -24 3 2 12 14.7 6.8 14.7 7.1 610 3.74.5 2.0 4.5 2.1 20360-75 36 3 3 18 21.5 11.4 21.8 10.9 914 5.5 6.5 3.4 6.6 3.3 20480-75 li 48 8 3 4 4 23 30.5 16.0 29 14.8 300 300 • 1.90 1219 200 76.2 7.0 9.2 5.1 8.8 4.5 2068 2068 20600 15 60 4 4 29 - 39.5 20.6 36.1 18.7 1514 8.82 6.2 1I.0 5.7 20720 75 72 4 4 32 48.5 25.3 43.2 22.6 1828 9.8 14.7 7.7 13.1 6.8 Flexheod High Pressure Elbow 1"Internal Diameter(I.D)Hose Series 2024HE-50 24 3 2 19 14.7 6.8 7.4 610 5.8 4.5 2 2.2 2036HE-50 36 3 3 23 21.8 11.8 12.5 914 7.0 6.6 3.6 38 2048HE-50 1 48 8 3 4 4 27 29.0 16.9 17.6 300 300 1.27 1219 200 76.2 8.2 8.8 5.1 5.3 2068 2068 2060HE-50 60 4 4 32 36.1 21.9 22.7 1514 9.8 II 6.6 6.9 2072HE-50 72 4 4 35 43.2 27.0 27.8 1828 10.7 13.1 8.2 8.4 20240E-75 24 3 2 18 14.7 - 14.7 8.2 610 5.5 4.54.5 2.5 2036HE-75 -36 3 3 23 25.2 26 21.8 13 914 7.07.7 7.9 6.6 3.9 20480E 75 .90 12819 200 76.2 4 4 230 _ 32.91 33 8.8 29 17.8 5 9 - 3006 2068 20600E 75 60 4 4 29 40.5 40 36.1 22.6 1514 8.8 113 11.1 i1.0 6.8 20720E 75 12 4 4 32 _ 48.5 47 43.2 21.5 1818 9.8 4.8 4.3 13.1 8.3 Flexhead Dr Pendent S stem 1"Internal Diameter(IA)Haw Series 2024-UPS 24 1 - 18.4 7.7 7.6 7.1 10.1 610 5.6 2.3 2.3 2.1 3.3 2036 UPS 36 _ 2 _ 26.6 11.5 11.5 10.9 15.1 914 8.1 3.5 3.5 3.3 4.6 204805 1 48 7 _ 3 _ 30.3 15.3 15.4 14.8 21.5 175 2.54 1219 180 - 9.2 47 4.7 4.5 6.5 1205 2060 UPS 60 - 4 _ 35.8 19.1 19.3 18.7 25.3 152410.9 5.8 5.9 5.7 72 411 2012 UPS 72 4 45.6 23 23.2 22.6 26.9 1828 13.9 7 7 6.9 8.1 See Table Notes on Page 8. FP-6.18 FLEXHEAD® Flexible Sprinkler Connections 0))ANvi u 0 FRICTION LOSS DATA & SPECIFICATIONS Minimum Max.Number Equivalent LengthMax.Rated utva of 1 in.Schedule 40 Model Outlet Hose Bend Radius of 90'Bends 4 g Pipe(Ft.) Working Pressure Number Orifice Assembly Size Length FM UL UL FM ® FM FM UL 5.6 k-Factor 8.0 k-Factor 11.2 k-Fodor 14.0 k-Fodor 16.8 k-Factor 22.4 k-Factor In./rm. In./mm. Ia/nm hi/mm In/mm.M/mm ft./m. Ft./m. FtIto. FL/m. Ft./m. Ft./m. P5)/K,a PSI/Kan Flelilead Institutional 1"Internal Diameter(I.D)Hose Series 20241 24 3 1 11 18.4 - - - 610 3.4 5.6 20361 36 3 3 16 26.6 - - - - 914 , 4.9 8.1 20481 / 48 8 3 4 4 24 30.3 175 175 1.27 1219 200 76.2 7.3 9.2 1205 1205 20601 60 4 4 29 35.8 1524 8.8 10.9 - 20721 72 4 4 35 45.6 _ _ - - 1828 10.7 13.9 20241 24 3 1 12 _ _ 11.6 - - 610 3.7 3.5 36 18 . 16 20361 914 3 2 5.5 - 4.9 20481 /, 48 8 3 4 3 23 17.9 175 175 1.90 1219 200 76.2 7.0 5.4 1205 1205 20601 60 4 4 29 - - - 24.7 - - 1524 8.8 7.5 20721 72 4 4 32 - _ 28.9 - 1828 9.8 8.8 Flex head Institutional or use with Amerlux Ceiling S stem-1"Internal Diameter(1.D)Hose Series 20241A 24 - 1 11 18.4 _ - - 610 - 16 - - 6.5. - - 20361A 36 2 16 26 914 3.4 4.9 8.1 20481A /2 48 8 - 3 24 _ 30.3 _ _ _ _ 175 175 1.27 1219 200 - 7.3 9.1 1205 1205 20601A 60 _ 4 29 _ 35.8 (514 8.8 10.9 20721A 72 - 4 35 45.6 1828 10.7 13.9 - - - NOTES: Model Numbers: • "SF'designates SuperFlex-Hose series. • "ESF"designates SuperFlex'"Elbow How series. • "E"designates elbow drop hose series • "T"designates straight tall style hose • "Er"designates elbow tall style hose series. • "H"designates high pressure 300psi working pressure hose series. • "HE"designates high pressure 300psi elbow hose series. • "DPS'designates dry pendant system. • "DT"designates drain tee hose series used in dry pendent/freezer application. • "DPS"and"DT"models are approved for use in cold storage application(Freezer,Cold Chamber)and combine an approved flexible sprinkler hose and an approved dry pendent sprinkler.Ut-tO-1 or UHO-3 is required to connect the Flexible sprinkler hose to the dry sprinkler. • "Y indicates instiutional flexible hose. • 'A"indicates models for use with Amerlux Ceiling System. • "50"designates ' "Outlet Hose series.The"75"designates 37i"Outlet Hose series.Inlet size 1". • Max Ambient Temperature Rating on all model numbers are 300'F(148'C). • Equivalent lengths ore shown with maximum number of 90'bends at the minimum bend radius per agency.2-45'or 3.30'bend equal 1.90'bend.Different values were obtained by FM and UL due to the difference in minimum bend radius,testing protocol and calculation methods.Please see individual standards for more information relative to Friction Loss (equivalent length of pipe). • All hoses require a minimum of one bend for installation.Pend radius tool available for 3"bend"T"hose,"SF'hose does not require bend radius tool. • FM equivalent length calculation includes Sprinkler Head Friction Loss. • See listing(s)approval agency for the latest approval details. le FP-6.18 Pipe Hangers Fig. 200 - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger (Cooper B-Line Fig. B317ONF) Fig. 200F - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Felt Lining (Cooper B-Line Fig. B317BNFF) 41/ Fig. 200C - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Plastic Coated (Cooper B-Line Fig. B317ONFC) Size Range: Fig.200 - 1/2"(15mm)thru 8"(200mm)pipe (5) C VI. uS Material: Steel, Pre-Galvanized to G90 specifications USTED -�• Function: For fire sprinkler and other general piping purposes. Knurled swivel nut design permits hanger adjustment after installation. Features: • (1/2"(15mm)thru 2"(5omm))Flared edges ease installation for all pipe types and protect CPVC plastic pipe from abrasion.Captured design p� keeps adjusting nut from separating with hanger. Hanger is easily installed around pipe. • (21/2"(65mm)thru 8"(2oomm))Spring tension on nut holds it securely in ^ a hanger before installation.Adjusting nut is easily removed. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories listed (1/2"(15mm)thru 8"(2oomm)) ti in the USA(UL)and Canada(cUL)for steel and CPVC plastic pipe and �� Factory Mutual Engineering Approved(3/4"(20mm)thru 8"(2oomm)). - Conforms to Federal Specifications WW-H-171E&A-A-1192A,Type 10 Fig.200-1/2.200-3/4 and Manufacturers Standardization Society ANSI/MSS SP-69&SP-58, Fig.200-1 to 200-2 Fig.200-21/2 to 2110-8 Type 10. Maximum Temperature: 650°F(343°C) Finish: Pre-Galvanized. Stainless Steel materials will be supplied with(2)hex nuts in place of a knurl nub. �. Order By: Figure number and pipe size 1 **Note: For metric hanger rod sizes add the 4 metric rod size to the figure number. Example:200M8-11/2 or 200M10-11/2 Fig.200 Fig. 200C Fig. 200F Pipe Size Rod Size A B Max. Rec. Load Approx.Wt./100 Part No. in. (mm) in. mm" in. (mm) in. (mm) Its. (kN) lbs. (kg) 200-1/2 1/2" (15) 3/a"-16 M8 or M10 31/8" (79.4) 25/8' (66.7) 400 (1.78) 11 (5.0) 200-3/4 3/4' (20) 3/8"-16 M8 or M10 31/8" (79.4) 21/2' (63.5) 400 (1.78) 11 (5.0) 200-1 1" (25) 3/8"-16 M8 or M10 33/8' (85.7) 25/8' (66.7) 400 (1.78) 12 (5.5) 200-11/4 11/4" (32) 3/a"-16 M8 or M10 33/4" (94.0) 27/8' (73.0) 400 (1.78) 13 (5.9) 200-11/2 11/2" (40) 3/8"-16 M8 or M10 37/8" (98.4) 27/8' (73.0) 400 (1.78) 14 (6.4) 200-2 2' (50) 3/8.-16 M8 or M10 41/2" (114.3) 3' (76.3) 400 (1.78) 15 (6.9) 200.21/2 21/2" (65) 3/8"-16 M10 55/8" (142.9) 41/8" (104.7) 600 (2.67) 27 (12.3) 200-3 3" (75) 3/a"-16 M10 57/8" (149.1) 4' (101.6) 600 (2.67) 29 (13.3) 200.31/z 31/2" (90) 3/9-16 M10 73/8" (187.3) 51/4" (133.3) 600 (2.67) 34 (15.6) 200-4 4" (100) 3/a"-16 M10 73/8" (187.3) 5" (127.0) 1000 (4.45) 35 (16.0) 200-5 5" (125) 1/2"-13 M12 91/8" (231.8) 61/4" (158.7) 1250 (5.56) 66 (30.2) 200-6 6' (150) 1/2"-13 M12 101/8" (257.2) 63/4" (171.4) 1250 (5.56) 73 (33.4) 200-8 8" (200) 1/2"-13 M12 131/8" (333.4) 83/4" (222.2) 1250 (5.56) 136 (62.3) All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches.Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. COOPER B-Line SAMMYS® FOR WOOD SAMMVS® FOR WOOD - Vertical Application Application Product Features Not less than Wood Flaming r nomlealwidt No pre drilling required. n1 1/2)► •Quick to install using the Sammy Not le l member) Nut Driver with an 18V cordless 3'nominal dfllVdriver. Tickness(2-1/2') (depth or side Wood Jolel .Saves time from traditional I vertical member) _ Z : S methods. Double Sheetrock For vertical use- Ceiling •Reduces installation costs. install in center of lower face. Minimum 2-embedment into base •Manufactured in the U.S.A. material for NFPA 13 compliance. Composite/Truss I Consult truss manufacturer for r recommended installation point } 'Prednlling may be wowed for GST . i 1 25380 foul avm1able enµige 77 • litWemn a WEcnd esnmatim at WWw.itw7N1ikiex c01a) Approvals Rod Part Model Screw Ultimate Ut.Test FM Test Box Case Size Number Descriptions Putout(Ibs) I.oad(Ibs) Load(Ibs) Qty Qty VERTICAL MOUNT _. .-.. ,_ . 210(7/16'OSB) r` \ 1/4" 8002957 GST 100 1/4 x i" 670(3l4"Ply) 25 125 1/4" 8003957 GST 200 1/4x2" 1760(Fir) 25 125 il — Q- 3/8" 8007957 GST 10 1/4 x 1" 210 (7/16"OSB) 300 25 125 670 (3/4'Ply) Q..‹ 3/8" 8008957 GST20 1/4x2" 1760 (Fir} 850 1475 25 125 .Q. 3/8" 8068925 GST 20-SS 1/4 x 2" 1760 (Fir) 850 25 125 #14 Black Q.. 3/8" 8009925 GST 25-380 3/8 x 2-1/2" 2113(Fir) 1500 25 125 Nut Driver Q„ ? 3/8" 8010957 GST 30 1/4 x 3" 2060 (Fir) 1500 1475 25 125 Pant/8113910 3/8' 8069925 GST 30-SS 1/4 x 3" 2060(Fir) 25 125 1/2' 8013925 GST 2 1/4 x 7 1760(Fir) 25 125 1/T 8015925 GST 3 1/4 x 3" 2275(Fir) 25 125 i — #14 SW Red Nut Driver Pad#8114910 n r /r Ill rf \.�(//) I:(rHS f ` \l WNUGACILPEDLLSA •v ^r tF SPECIAL NUT DRIVER SYSTEM:The nut drivers were designed with a unique spin-off feature which provides a fast and safe installation each time.When the face of the driver comes Into contact with the material you are Installing Into,continue drilling until nut driver spins free.Installation is then complete.Warranty requires the use of the appropriate nut driver for installations. For the most up to date information,visit www.itwbuildex.com 4 �A1r �1� IIIIIIIIIII SIDEWINDER® FOR WOOD -Horizontal Application Application Product Features Not less than 2'nominal width •No pre-drilling required. ii I. (1-1/2')up to 3-1/2'pipe;not less than _ __..._� ' 3'(2-1/2')nominal width 4'8 5•pipe •Quick to install using the Sammy --moi - Floor Joist Nut Driver with an 18V cordless Minimum 2-1/2'from bottom for drill/driver. branch tines.Minimum 3•from bot- tom for main lines.Exception:This •Saves time from traditional J requirement shall not apply to 2'or methods. LV thicker nailing strips resting on top or 141 '1 steel beams. �•1 .•Reduces installation costs. U) til - .- •Manufactured in the U.S.A. composite/Truss Consult truss manufacturer for ( recommended installation point. Ire-0nllrng may be required for Model SWG 25.380,Tool avaeable on page 11. lG a awe eemm�maeMm� www.ihvbw7dexcom W UJ Approvals Rod Part Model Screw Ultimate UL Test Box Caret Cn Size Number Descriptions Pullout(Ibs) Load(Ibs) Qty Oty HORIZONTAL MOUNT " 1/4" 8019957 SWG 200 1/4 x 2' 1725(Fir) 25 125 Q. 3/8' 8020957 SWG 10 1/4 x 1" 622(Fir) 300 25 125 e- 3/8" 8021957 SWG 20 1/4 x 2" 1725(Fir) 1050 25 125— 0 3/8" 8073925 SWG 20-SS 114 x 2" 1725(Fir) 850 25 125 0 3/8"" 8022925 SWG 25-380 3/8 x 2-1/2" 2249(Fir) 1500 25 125 #14 SW Red _ 3/8" 8023925 SWG 30 1/4 x 3" 1884 (Fir) 25 125 W Nut Driver R Pad#8114910 •May require pre-drilling;consult joist manufacturer LLJ ct SAMMYS SWIVEL HEAD'' FOR WOOD -Swivel Application V 2 Application Product Features C) N..xx. •Eliminates distortion of threaded rod. weerrn •Accommodates up to 3 Y"x 12 pitch roof. - • •Allows 17'deflection from vertical "°° l •Saves time from traditional methods. W I'''* •Reduces installation costs. IZ rwa 7, awwouee• •Manufactured in the U.SA. 0 t Approvals Rod Pan Model Screw Ultimate ULTest Load FM Test Min Box Case Li Size Number Descriptions Pullout(Ibs) (Ibs) Load(lbs) Thickness Qty (by (.) SWIVEL MOUNT - - -- V #14 Black - •-�` Nut Driver -1... J ' 3/8" 8139957 SH-GST 20 1/4 x 2" 1257(Fir) 1050 147e 25 125 i Q Pad#8113910 1903 Dim.Lumber - 3/8"• 8269957 SH-GST/CST 20 5/16 x 1-314" 1406 @ 45"off vertical500 g 0 @ 45° 25 125 Dim.Lumber -1 903 Dim.Lumber 1/2" 8303957 SH-GST/CST 2.0 5116 x 1-3/4' 1406 @ 45"off vertical 25 125 ...IQ Dim.Lumber 'May require pre-dolling,consuHfoist manufacturer. ' ID a a Q 5 To find a distributor near you,call 800-BUILDEX Seismic Bracing Fig. 4A- Pipe Clamp for Sway Bracing• ®TO1LCO Size Range: 4" (1 oomm)thru 8" (20omm)pipe. For sizes smaller than g Y� U8 4" (100mm)use B3140. LISTED Material: Steel cn i' Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. El 3 WApprovals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA(UL)and Canada it m (cUL)4" (1 00mm)thru 8" (200mm). 'r m Installation Instructions: Fig.4A is the"braced pipe" attachment component of a longitudinal, lateral or riser brace assembly.It is intended to be combined with the"bracing pipe" and Cooper B-Line/TOLCO transitional and structural A attachment component(s)to form a complete bracing assembly.NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. o To Install: Place the Fig. 4A over the pipe to be braced.Attach Cooper B-Line/TOLCO transitional fitting,either Fig.980,910,909, or any other Cooper B-Line/TOLCO approved transitional fitting.Tighten bolts and nuts;torque requirement is a minimum of 50 ft./lbs. (68Nm). 0 %AO Transitional fitting attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Finish: Plain.Contact Cooper B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. FMCS and flex Nuts Included Order By: Figure number,pipe size and finish Note: Please refer to Fig. 4L for longitudinal brace applications for t • 2" (50mm)-8"(200mm)pipe sizes. • 41, ' Illt K 4F !!ll111l IIII■■■■ Aw Fig.4A-Longitudinal Brace Pipe Max.Horizontal Approx. Part Size A B C D Bolt Design Load wt./100 No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in, (mm) in. (mm) Size lbs. (kN) lbs. (kg) 4A-4 MI (100) 61/2' (215.9) 9/16' (14.3) 33/8' (85.7) 311/16' (93.7) 1/2"-13 1600 (7.11) 221 (100.2) 4A-5 ® (125) 93/4" (247.6) 9/16' (14.3) 37/8' (98.4) 43/8' (111.1) 1/2"-13 1600 (7.11) 253 (114.7) 4A-6 6' (150) 111/2" (292.1) 5/6' (15.9) 5" (127.0) 51/8" (130.2) 1/2"-13 2015 (8.96) 513 (232.7) 4A-8 En (200) 131/4' (336.5) 3/4" (19.0) 611/16' (169.9) 61/8" (155.6) 1/2"-13 2015 (8.96) 601 (272.6) Cooper B-Line, Inc.'s("Cooper B-Line")seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other Cooper B-Line bracing components,resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly.Cooper-B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in Cooper 6-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by Cooper B-Line,except that, in addition to the other exclusions from Cooper B-Line's warranty,Cooper B-line makes no warranty relating to Cooper 6-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Cooper B-Line. io All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in Inches.Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. 0 COOPER B-Line Seismic Transitional Attachments Fig.909-No-Thread Swivel Sway Brace Attachment ®TOLCO Component of State ofII Size Range: 1'(25mm)bracing pipe. For brace pipe sizes larger than California OSHPD Approved 1'(25mm), use Fig.980.Available with holes for 3i8"-16 thru 3/4"-10 fastener Seismic Restraints System C Ut.)US attachment. USTED Material: Steel, hardened cone point set screw Function: The structural component of a sway and seismic bracing system. `� Features: This product's design incorporates a concentric attachment opening which is critical to the performance of structural �' seismic connections. NFPA 13(2010)9.3.5.8.4 indicates clearly that fastener table load values are based only on concentric loading.No .AP threading of the bracing pipe is required. Open design allows for easy t/' inspection of pipe engagement. — V; t/' Application Note: Fig.909 is used in conjunction with the Fig. 1000, J `\ , D Fig. 1001, Fig.4(A)or Fig.4L pipe clamp,and joined together with bracing pipe.Sway brace assemblies are intended to be installed in accordance with NFPA 13(or our State of California OSHPD Approved Seismic Restraint SatSerew A 411411111111k1 '''>. Manual)and the manufacturer's installation instructions.The required type, !mistrial B number and size of fasteners used for the structure attachment fitting shall be in accordance with NFPA 13 and/or OSHPD. Mounting Hardware Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA(UL) Is Not Included and Canada(cUL). Included in our Seismic Restraints Catalog approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development(OSHPD).For additional load,spacing " and placement information relating to OSHPD projects, please refer re l to our Seismic Restraint Systems Guidelines. 41‘41 —'f 33? Installation Instructions: Fig.909 is the structural or transitional a attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the'bracing pipe' and our'braced pipe'attachment, Fig. 1000, 1001,4A,4B or 4L to form a -. ►- complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 and/or OSHPD guidelines should be followed. �� To Install: Place the Fig.909 onto the bracing pipe.Tighten the set screw until the head bottoms out on surface.Attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Finish: Plain. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number,fastener attachment size and finish. Part Hole Size Max.Horizontal Approx. Number D. A B Design Load(UL) Wt./100 in. (mm) in. Imml in. (mm) lbs. (kN) lbs. (kg) 909-3/8 13/32" (10.3) 6" (152.4) 15/s" (41.31 2015 (8.96) 92 (413) 909-1/2 17/32" (13.5) 6" (152.4) 15/3" (41.3) 2015 (8.96) 91 (41.3) 909.5/8 11/16" (17.5) 6" (152.4) 15/5" 141.3) 2015 (8.96) 90 (40.8) 909-3/4 13/it" (20.6) 6" (152.4) 15/t" (41.3) 2015 (8.96) 89 (40.4) Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly.B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line,except that,in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty,Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. 10 All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches.Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. B-Line by E3.N 45 Seismic Bracing Products Threaded Accessories B3205- Threaded Rod (right-hand threads- both ends) 0 B3205L-Threaded Rod (right& left hand threads) Size Range: 3/8'-16 thru 7/8"-9 rod TL Material: Steel Specify Length •$ Function: Recommended for use as a hanger support in hanger assemblies. Rod is threaded on both ends with right hand threads of the length shown.Also available with left and right hand threads-specify Fig. B3205L when ordering. TL a\l�\ Maximum Temperature: 750°F (399°C) ������r.-4 A Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized. Contact customer service for alternative Thread Size finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, rod size, length and finish Standard Design Load Thread Size Thread Length TL 650°F(343°C) 750°F 1399°C) Part No. A in. (mml Lbs. (kN) Lbs. (kN) B3205-3/ax'L' 3/8'-16 21/2' (63.5) 730 (3.251 572 (2.54) B3205-1/2 x'L' 1/2'-13 21/2' (63.5) 1350 (6.001 1057 14.70) B3205-5/ex'L' 5/e°-11 21/2" (63.5) 2160 (9.61) 1692 (7.52) B3205-3/4 x'L' 3/4"-10 3" (76.21 3230 (14.37) 2530 (11.25) B3205-7/4 x'12 7/e"-9 31/2" (88.9) 4480 (19.93) 3508 115.601 For larger sizes consult full line pipe hanger catalog• ATR -All Threaded Rod - 120" (3.05m) Lengths TOLCOT" Fig. 99 -All Threaded Rod Cut To Length _., OP o s Range: length � �� \� � Size Ran a 1/4"-2D thru 7/a"-9 rod in 120" lengths or cut to d Material: Steel a�� , \�\�1 a -Maximum Temperature: 750°F(399°C) \� a ' Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized. Contact customer service for alternative finishes }ire, m and materials. N "o Approvals: Included in our Seismic Engineering Guidelines approved by the State H of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development(OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement information relating to OSHPD projects, please refer to our Seismic Engineering Guidelines, OPM-0052-13. Order By: Figure number, rod size, length and finish Part No.-Size x Length Threads Recommended Load Approx.WtJ100 Ft. ATR Fig.99 Per Inch Lbs. (kNI Lbs. (kg) ATR 1/4"x 120 99-1/4"x length 20 240 (1.071 12 (5.441 ATR 3/e"x 120 99-3/3"x length 16 730 13.24) 29 113.15) ATR 1/2"x 120 99-1/z"x length 13 1350 16.001 53 (24.041 ATR 5/e"x 120 99-5/a"x length 11 2160 (9.60) 89 (40.37) ATR 3/4"x 120 99-3/4"x length 10 3230 (14.37) 123 (55791 ATR 7/e"x 120 99-7/a"x length 9 4480 (19.931 170 (77.11) MOFor larger sizes consult full line pipe hanger catalog. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches.Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Eaton 96 B-Line series Fire Protection Solutions Threaded Accessories B3212-J-Bolt (TOLCO Fig.104) ®TOLCO Size Range: 3/9'-16 thru 7/81-19 rod • Radius D A Material: Steel Thread Size , Function: Designed to be hooked or hung �; from beam flange or purlin. n Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized. Contact Specify Length L Thnad Length B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, length and finish ""'" Thread Size Thread Length TL Radius D Design Load Part No. A in. (mm) in. Imm) Lbs. (kg) B3212-3/8 x'L' 3/8"-16 2' 150.81 1/2' (12.7) 240 (1.07) B3212-1/2 x'L' 1/2"-13 2' 150.8) 5/8" (15.9) 440 (1.96) B3212-5/8x'L' 5/t"-11 21/2' 163.5) 3/4' (19.0) 705 13.13) B3212-3/4 x'L' 3/4'-10 21/2" 163.5) 3/4" (22.2) 1050 14.67) B3212-7/8x'L' 7/t"-9 21/2' 163.5) 1" (25.4) 1470 (6.54) DS 16 x 2- Drive SCreW (Formally TOLCO Fig.125) Material: Steel Function: Equivalent to a nail, but has greater holding power -4"41.* r ^... ���` Finish: Plain and Electro-Galvanized p ` ` 'r- - �A Order By: Figure number and finish _. Ash' S B3Material: Hex- HeadLag Bolt (TOLCO Fig.126) � >11� o Function: Designed to fasten metal to wood. Lag screws are made with hex 'a heads in lengths of 6"(152.5mm)or shorter and square heads in lengths longer , 1010 than 6' (152.5mm). Both types have coarse lag threads and gimlet points and are g available in diameters of 1/4'16.3mm)to 5/8'(15.9mm)inclusive. Square-head lag a screws are also available in 3/4"(19.Omm), 7/8'(22.2mm)and 1'125.4mm)diameters. ,.„E`,'*-'11 9 Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and ., 22 materials. 1- Order By: Figure number, bolt size, length and finish Bolt Diameter and Wt/C Length 1/4" (6.3) 3/8" (9.5) 1/2" (12.7) 5/6" 05.9) 3/4" (19.0) 11/2" (38.1) 2.3 (1.0) 6.0 (2.7) 11.8 (5.3) 19.4 (8.8) 32.3 114.6) 2" 150.81 2.8 11.3) 7.0 13.21 14.4 (6.51 23.2 110.51 38.3 117.4) 21/2" (63.5) 3.3 (1.51 8.3 (3.7) 16.2 17.3) 27.0 (12.2) 44.0 119.9) 3" (76.21 3.9 11.7) 9.8 (4.4) 18.6 18.41 31.0 114.0) 47.7 121.6) 31/2" (88.9) 4.4 (2.0) 11.4 15.2) 21.2 19.6) 34.8 115.8) 56.3 125.5) 4" (101.6) 5.0 12.21 12.5 157) 23.3 (10.5) 37.6 (17.0) 58.5 126.5) 41/2' 1114.31 5.7 12.6) 14.0 (6.3) 26.1 (11.8) 42.6 (19.3) 64.0 129.01 5" 1127.01 6.3 12.8) 15.4 17.0) 29.0 (13.11 45.5 (20.6) 68.0 (30.81 51/2' 1139.71 7.0 13.2) 16.4 17.41 31.5 (14.3) 49.3 122.3) 74.0 133.5) 6" (152.4) 7.4 13.3) 18.3 (8.3) 34.0 (15.4) 53.0 124.0) 77.0 (34.9) • All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches.Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. B-Line Fire Protection Solutions N I BCD www.nibco.com AHEAD OF THE F t o\le Revision 9/29/2011 40 300 lb. WWP UL/FM Butterfly Valves Fire Protection Valve • Grooved Mechanical Style • Nylon Coated Ductile Iron Body • Extended Neck • Elastomer Encapsulated Disc • Accepts Internal Supervisory Switches • Compatible with IPS Pipe 300 PSI/20.7 Bar Non-Shock Cold Water 2'/2°- 8" 175 PSI/12.1 Bar Non-Shock Cold Water 1W' .. _ UL'ULC LISTED"" • FMRC APPROVED • 21/2"-10"UL LISTED FOR INDOOR AND OUTDOOR SERVICE • CALIFORNIA STATE FIRE MARSHALL APPROVAL NO.7770-1243:101 • APPROVED BY THE NEW YORK CITY MEA 90-07-E,VOL.2 WHEN ASSEMBLED WITH APPROPRIATE NYC INDICATOR FLAG MATERIAL LIST PART SPECIFICATION 1. Upper Stem Stainless Steel ASTM A582 Type 416 2. Upper Bushing PTFE Bronze Sintered on Steel 3. "0"Ring EPDM GD-1765-8N 4. Body Ductile Iron ASTM A395 10° with Polyamide Coating (not shown) G D-4765-8N* 5. Disc Ductile Iron ASTM A395 Grooved with EPDM Encapsulation 21/2 thru 8" 6. Lower Bushing PTFE Bronze Sintered on Steel 7. Lower Stem Stainless Steel ASTM A582 Type 416 8. Na Plug PVC "- �� 9. Nameplate Aluminum 10. Gear Operator Cast Iron and Steel 11. Indicator Flag Cast Iron 1E1 Al2. Handwheel Cast IronI S •-8N version has two factory mounted internal supervisory switches. -4N version is gear operated only Uses NIBCO model#TS-4 Switch Kit. I Polyamide coating has NSF certification. 0 I.--O DIMENSIONS-WEIGHTS-QUANTITIES H J Dimensions I Elle ID Size ABC D EFGH • ��Lg 0 •In. mm. In, mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. 2t/z 65 2.88 73 2.72 69 0.31 8 0.63 16 3.85 98 2.42 61 11.94 303 2.91 74 [ijr�Lip ` 0 30.0. 76.1 3.00 76 2.84 72 0.31 8 0.63 16 3.85 98 2.42 61 11.94 303 2.91 74 0 3 SO 3.50 89 3.34 85 0.31 8 0.63 16 3.85 98 2.86 73 12.48 317 2.91 74 r 0 4 100 4.50 114 4.33 110 0.38 10 0.63 16 4.56 116 3.84 98 14.18 360 2.91 74 I 5 125 5.56 141 5.39 137 0.38 10 0.63 16 5.86 149 4.79 122 15.17 385 2.91 74 6 150 6.63 168 6.45 164 0.38 10 0.63 16 5.86 149 5.73 146 17.54 446 2.91 74 IX 60.0. 165.1 6.51 165 6.32161 0.38 10 0.63 16 5.86 149 5.73 146 17.54 446 2.91 74 "' ',v" 8 200 8.63 219 8.44 214 0.44 11 0.75 19 5.26 134 7.71 196 19.42 493 2.91 74 0-1-11 -.0 10 250 10.75 273 10.56 268 0.50 13 0.75 19 6.29 160 9.56 243 24.03 610 3.90 99 •° K L� Dimensions II Size J K L MN P Q R Weight tE In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. Lbs. Ku. .■ : 2t/x 65 3.54 90 2.13 54 5.82 148 5.67 144 4.19 106 3.25 83 5.9 150 3.46 88 22 10.0 1 30.0. 76.1 3.54 90 2.13 54 5.82 148 5.67 144 4.19 106 3.25 83 5.9 150 3.46 88 22 10.4 *e, 3 80 3.54 90 2.13 54 5.82 148 5.94 151 4.44 113 3.54 90 5.9 150 3.97 101 23 10.4 �� H 4 100 3.54 90 2.13 54 7.64 194 6.31 173 5.33 135 4.35 110 5.9 150 5.03 128 28 12.7 u 5 125 3.54 90 2.13 54 7.64 194 7.32 186 5.83 148 4.84 123 5.9 150 6.27 159 31 14.1 6 150 3.54 90 2.13 54 7.64 194 8.62 219 7.11 181 5.93 151 5.9 150 7.25 184 41 18.6 .';::60.D. 165.1 3.54 90 2.13 54 7.64 194 8.62 219 7.11 181 5.93 151 5.9 150 7.25 184 41 18.6 [0'' 8 200 3.54 90 2.13 54 7.91 201 9.80 249 8.05 204 6.87 174 9.8 250 9.25 235 53 24.1 II 250 3.98 101 3.03 77 9.49 241 11.61 295 9.86 250 9.17 233 18.0 457 11.80 300 88 40.0 • `*Compliance with the Standard for Butterfly Valves for Fire Protection Service,UL109t. H Cules 4E> NIBCO INC.WORLD HEADQUARTERS•1516 MIDDLEBURY ST.•ELKHART,IN 46516-4740•USA•PH:1.800.234.0227 111 TECH SERVICES PH:1.088.446.4226•FAX:1.888.336.4226•INTERNATIONAL OFFICE PH:+1.574.295.3327•FAX:+1.574.295.3455 www.nibco.com CLfbBE4077 Airpark Dr. Standish, MI 48658.989-846-4583•www.globesprinkler.com FIRE SPRINKLER CORPORATION Technical Support•989-414-2600•techservice©globesprinkler.com MODEL UM UNIVERSAL MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY (With or Without Control Valve) '; 1%'; 2", 2%" 76.1mm, 3", 4'; 6';165.1mm, 8" GENERAL DESCRIPTION The Globe Series "UM" Universal Manifold is a Listed/Ap- proved manifold assembly incorporating a flow switch, test & drain valve, system pressure gauge, and pressure relief valve. The UM may be ordered with or without an attached butterfly control valve with Internal Supervisory Switch. The x 9i ' ®. , UM is rated for a maximum working pressure of 300 psi I"t • ' Ix, ' .' (20.6 bar). It has been engineered to incorporate the above mentioned components in a compact envelope. The Test and Drain Valve contains a test orifice of K2.8 so that it may be utilized for flow testing any system with sprinklers having „, - K-Factors of 2.8 or larger. The UM is available in a variety •? ■—. of sizes and end connections to allow for cost effectiveness • and ease of connections to check valves, control valves, and piping. For sizes 3" and smaller, an 18" long stainless MODEL UM steel braided flexible hose is included with the UM for con- necting the Test and Drain valve to a drain stack. The UM UNIVERSAL MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY may be installed in the vertical (with flow upward) or hori- zontal orientation FLOOR CONTROL ASSEMBLY TECHNICAL DATA The UM may be utilized to meet the NFPA 13 requirements Approvals for Floor Control Valve Assemblies where there are multi- • cULus story buildings exceeding two stories in height requiring zon- • FM ing by floor or whenever separate control and floor zoning is Maximum System Working Pressure specified.The UM has been engineered with space savings • 300 psi (20.6 bar) in mind for those commonly installed applications in stair- End Connections well landings and small alcoves.All UM assemblies include • See Table A the NFPA 13 required Listed Pressure Relief Valve which is pre-piped to drain. The relief valve is preset for 175 psi and Materials of Construction is adjustable to 310 psi for high pressure system conditions. • See Figure 1 In addition to the relief valve,the UM is equipped with a Test *Multiple Patents Pending and Drain Valve. The Test and Drain Valve contains a test orifice of K2.8 so that it may be utilized for flow testing any system with sprinklers having K-Factors of 2.8 or larger. Note:NFPA 13 requires that a test connection providing a flow rate equal to or less than one sprinkler of a type having the smallest orifice on the system is to be provided. JUNE 2019 GFV-125 Page 1 of 9 • 0 0 0 O 10) Di et © u u �III� , M �iT�• 0 o � j 0 g -N ITEM DESCRIPTION MATERIAL NO. 1 UMC VALVE BODY DUCTILE IRON 2 FLOW SWITCH SEE FLOW SWITCH TECHNICAL LITERATURE 3 RIGID COUPLING SEE COUPLING TECHNICAL LITERATURE • 4 BUTTERFLY CONTROL VALVE WITH INTERNAL SUPERVISORY SWITCH SEE GLOBE BUTTERFLY CONTROL VALVE TECHNICAL LITERATURE 5 PRESSURE GAUGE PLASTIC 6 THREE-WAY(SOG)VALVE BRONZE 7 FLOW SWITCH ADAPTER DUCTILE IRON 8 MODEL UTD TEST AND DRAIN SEE GLOBE TECHNICAL DATA SHEET GFV-570 9 MODEL ARV ADJUSTABLE RELIEF VALVE SEE GLOBE TECHNICAL DATA SHEET GFV-575 NOTE: •4"(DN100)shown as reference(smaller size configurations vary) •See ordering procedure for replacement part kits and Table Afor part numbers for all sizes and configurations FIGURE 1: MODEL UM ASSEMBLY MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION • JUNE 2019 GFV-125 Page 2 of 9 TABLE A. MODEL UM ASSEMBLY CONFIGURATIONS UM BODY MODEL UTD APPROXIMATE • CONTROL SHIPPING SIZE VALVE END TEST AND DRAIN PART NUMBER WEIGHTS CONNECTIONS SIZE LBS. (kg) 1 1/4" GL300G G x G 1" 317701-A-B-H 19.4 (8.8) 1 1/4" NONE G x G 1" 317701-A-H 14.8 (6.7) 1 1/4" GL300T M x F THREADED 1" 317702-A-B-H 18.6 (8.4) 1 1/4" NONE M x F THREADED 1" 317702-A-H 14.8 (6.7) 1 1/2" GL300T M x F THREADED 1" 317710-A-B-H 19 (8.6) 1 1/2" NONE M x F THREADED 1" 317710-A-H 14.8 (6.7) 1 1/2" GL300G G x G 1" 317709-A-B-H 19.9 (9.0) 1 1/2" NONE G x G 1" 317709-A-H 14.8 (6.7) 2" GL300T M x F THREADED 1" 317718-A-B-H 20.5 (9.3) 2" NONE M x F THREADED 1" 317718-A-H 15.4 (7.0) 2" GL300G G x G 1" 317716-A-B-H 21.5 (9.8) 2" NONE G x G 1" 317716-A-H 14.6 (6.6) 2 1/2" GL300G G x G 1 1/4" 317720-A-B-H 25.5 (11.6) 2 1/2" NONE G x G 1 1/4" 317720-A-H 18.4 (8.3) 76.1 mm GLR300G G x G 1 1/4" 317720-D-A-B-H 25.5 (11.6) 76.1 mm NONE G x G 1 1/4" 317720-D-A-H 19.4 (8.8) 3" GLR300G G x G 1 1/4" 317725-A-B-H 43.5 (19.7) . 3" NONE G x G 1 1/4" 317725-A-H 19.9 (9.0) 4" GLR300G G x G 2" 317730-A-B 61.0 (27.7) 4" NONE G x G 2" 317730-A 32.4 (14.7) 6" GLR300G G x G 2" 317735-A-B 89.0 (40.4) 6" NONE G x G 2" 317735-A 44.5 (20.2) 165.1 mm GLR300G G x G 2" 317735-D-A-B 89.0 (40.4) 165.1 mm NONE G x G 2" 317735-D-A 44.5 (20.2) 8" GLR300G G x G 2" 317740-A-B 119.0 (54.0) 8" NONE G x G 2" 317740-A 65.0 (29.5) 0 JUNE 2019 GFV-125 Page 3 of 9 TABLE B. MODEL UM AND BUTTERFLY VALVE END TO END DIMENSIONS End to End Dimension End to End Dimension With Globe Butterfly Control • Size Without Butterfly Control Globe Butterfly Control Valve End to End Dimen- Valve Valve sion 1 1/4" 7" 9.3" 2.6" MT x FT (178) (236) (67) 1 114" 7" 11" 4" G x G (178) (277) (99) 1 112" 7" 9.6" 2.87" MT x FT (178) (244) (73) 1 1/2" 7" 11" 4" G x G (178) (282) (104) 2" 7" 9.6" 3.24" MT x FT (178) (244) (82.4) 2" 7" 11.5" 4.5" G x G (178) (292) (114) 2 1/2" 7" 11.5" 4.5" G x G (178) (292) (114) 76.1mm 7" 11.5" 4.5" G x G (178) (292) (114) 3" 7" 10.8" 3.8" G x G (178) (274) (96.4) 4" 9" 13.5" 4.5" G x G (229) (343) (114) 6" 9" 14.2" 5.2" G x G (229) (361) (132.4) 165.1 mm 9" 14.2" 5.2" G x G (229) (361) (132.4) 8" 12" 18" 5.8" G x G (305) (457) (147) • A W(c) .:, ma. . . ''{' ■`=.$tip ii--'Be Y 174 -s LI®WJ G K J I A B C D E F G J K SIZE in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 1 1/4"MTxFT 6" 7" 5" 5" 2" 7" 10" 3.2"5" (152) (178) (127) (127) (51) (178 (254) (128) (83) 1 1/2"MTxFT 6" 7" 5, 5" 10" 5" 3.2"2" 7" (152) (178) (127) (127) (51) (178) (254) (128) (83) 2"MTxFT 6" 7" 5" 5" 2" 7" 10" 3.2"5, (152) (178) (127) (127) (51) (178) (254 (127) (83) • FIGURE 2: THREADED MODEL UM ASSEMBLY WITHOUT BFV DIMENSIONAL DRAWING FOR SIZES 11/4" TO 2" JUNE 2019 GFV-125 Page 4 of 9 II II E » C 1i B I F aal IA a (pia G _ 6 A B C D E F G J K SIZE in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 1'/.'• 6" 7" 5" 4.5" 1.7" 7" 10" 5" 3.2" (152.4) (178) (127) (114) (43.2) (178) (254) (127) (83) 1 Y:" 6" 7" 5" 5" 2" 7" 10" 5., 3.2" (152.4) (178) (127) (127) (51) (178) (254) (127) (83) 2.. 6" 7" 5" 5" 2" 7" 10" 5" 3.2" (152.4) (178) (127) (127) (51) (178) (254) (127) (83) 21/2" 6" 7.6" 5" 5" 2" 7" 10" 4.8" 2.7" 76.1 mm (152.4) (193) (127) (127) (51) (178) (254) (123) (68) 3.. 6.5" 8" 5.4" 5" 3" 7" 10" 4.8" 3.5" (165) (203) (137) (127) (76.2) (178) (254) (123) (90) FIGURE 3: GROOVED MODEL UM ASSEMBLY WITHOUT BFV DIMENSIONAL DRAWING FOR SIZES 11/4" TO 3" 1111 K. bliit I -_ n • ��-kidL. ( gn ! V, :tiaill .. /I is o1• C A B D E A B C D E F G J K SIZE in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. in. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) 10" 7" 6" 3" 9" 12" 5.8" 3.8" (177) (254) (178) (152) (76.2) (228.6) (305) (146.8) (96) 6" 8" 11" 8" 7" 4" 9" 12" 5.8" 3.8" 165.1 mm (203) (279) (203) (178) (101.6) (228.6) (305) (146.8) (96) 12" 9" 8" 5" 12" 13.7" 8" 3.8" (228.6) (305) (228.6) (203) (127) (305) (348) (200) (96) FIGURE 4: GROOVED MODEL UM ASSEMBLY WITHOUT BFV • DIMENSIONAL DRAWING FOR SIZES 4" TO 8" JUNE 2019 GFV-125 Page 5 of 9 FLOW RATE-LPM 200 300 400 500 600 709 800 1000 2000 3000 5000 7000 10000 15000 7.00 5.00 0.40 5.00 0.30 4.00 3.00 .r 0.20 e 0: y 2.00 Q< 0. 60 O 0.10 O OJ ,& ry 0.09 J ill g 0.08 K Cr N 1.00 0.07 w 0.90 0.06 K D.▪ 0.8D n, 'd's 0.05 a 0.70 0.60 0.04 0.50 040 A 6 4 $ 0.03 0.30 , ?� 0.02 <?$ 0 0.20 40 50 60 70 80 90100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 2000 3000 4000 FLOW RATE-GPM UM Equivalent Length of Piping for Friction Losses Through Schedule 40 Pipe • 1%"= 6 feet • 2%"=3 feet • 6"= 2 feet • VA'= 6feet • 3" =3 feet • 8"=4 feet • 2" =4 feet • 4" =4 feet FIGURE 5: MODEL UM MANIFOLD ONLY FRICTION LOSS CURVES - 11/4" TO 8" . FLOW RATE-LPM 200 300 400 500 600700800 1000 2000 3000 5000 7000 10000 15000 7.D0 6.00 -_-- , ' _.. 040 5.00 _- _.____ _. -- -- 0.30 o 0.20 10 yOJ j 0.09 0 K I 0OB K n ______i , _.._.. 0.07 N d 0.80 j p2 ^7 '._. a ay $ 0.70 P $ 1 -1 0.05 o e 0.0/ 0.50 __t -.. � •m $ 0.03 0.40 1. I I a9 0.30 I _t._._ I I -.i.. 0.02 1 I I I 1 0.20 40 50 60 70 80 90100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 2000 3000 4000 FLOW RATE-GPM UM Equivalent Length of Piping for Friction Losses Through Schedule 40 Pipe • 1'/4"=9 feet • 2%"= llfeet • 6"=9 feet • 14"= 9feet • 3" =9feet • 8"=8feet • • 2" =8 feet • 4" =8 feet FIGURE 6: MODEL UM AND GLOBE BFV ASSEMBLY FRICTION LOSS CURVES 11/4" TO 8" JUNE 2019 GFV-125 Page 6 of 9 FLOW SWITCH REQUIREMENTS The Model UM Floor Control assembly is sold inclusive of The part number for the flow switch assembly can be found a Potter VSR-S (size 1%,") and VSR-M (sizes 1'/" through in the replacement parts section of the technical literature. fp 6") flow switch. The VSR-M flow switch utilizes exactly The Potter VSR-S and VSR-M Flow switch includes 2 sets the same electrical and switch components as the Potter of switches, one set can be used to activate the central fire VSR-S flow switch but includes an adapter which attaches alarm system while the other set can be utilized to activate directly to the Model UM Manifold assembly. This adapter a local alarm (if necessary). See figure 7 for a typical wiring has been tested as part of the UM assembly to ensure the diagram for the Model VSR-S and VSR-M Flow switch. hydrostatic strength as well as the placement and sensitivity Note:For more information on the flow switch see wwwpottersignalcom of the paddle is within the criteria set forth by UL and FM. WIRE NUT LOCAL WIRE NUT FIRE PANEL OR AUOIBLE'VU ADDRESSABLE ANNUNCIATOR ISA� MODULE NEUTRAL -E WHITE WHITE BLACK �a llp m BLACK (LINE/HOT) l m O Owi Z OQa OO U Z /- N -I,(III_ tiII///�� R�IRI o = • c u ," . PO /IFtl` .ww FOR . 1 MN/ J NC MO ` b ',o �. Q i,l lbl u Glii ril'I 'i w4 o o VVIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIi I IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII 0J FIGURE 7: MODEL VSR-M FLOW SWITCH TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAM RED — RED S-1 FIRE ALARM COMMON (WHITE) I I COMMON (WHITE) CONTROL PANEL R END OF LINE SUPERVISORY YELLOW I / YELLOW RESISTOR CIRCUIT I GREEN o 1 OPERATOR CASE CONTACT RATINGS: — GROUND 16A 125V/250 VAC GEAR OPERATORS ORANGE S—? COMMON (BLACK) Q BLUE VOLTAGE _ AUX. DEVICE SOURCE (BELL/HORN) VALVE WIRING SHOWN WITH VALVE IN OPEN POSITION FIGURE 8: BUTTERFLY VALVE TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAM • JUNE 2019 GFV-125 Page 7 of 9 INSTALLATION STEP 3. Check for alarm connections to a central sta- tion or fire department. If such connections are The Model UM must be installed in an accessible and vis- found, give proper notice to the signal receiving •ible location, which is maintained at or above a minimum station before proceeding with the test. temperature of 40°F (4°C). The UM may be installed in the Note:A main drain test may also operate local fire alarms unless they are tem- horizontal or vertical (flow upward) orientation. porarily disabled. All valves must be installed in accordance with the appropri- ate installation standard (i.e. NFPA 13 or other). All electri- cal connections must be made per the applicable installation standard and/or the National Electric Code (i.e. NFPA 70, MAINTENANCE NFPA 72 or other). The owner is responsible for the Inspection, Testing and Proper hydrostatic test procedure must be followed per Maintenance of their fire protection system. NFPA 13. Note: It is not necessary to remove the ARV Relief Valve System inspection, testing and maintenance shall be per prior to system hydrostatic test. The Adjustable ARV may formed in accordance with this section as well as NFPA 25 simply be temporarily adjusted to a pressure above the or other applicable Standard to insure the integrity of the test pressure during the hydrostatic test. Be sure to re- entire system, including alarm functions as well as other turn the ARV Relief Valve to it's normal setting after the system components.Any impairments must be immediately completion of the hydrostatic test. corrected. Before closing a system main control valve for maintenance MODEL ARV RELIEF VALVE work on the fire protection system, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protection system from the proper au- SETTING PROCEDURE thorities and notify all personnel who may be affected. The Globe 1/2 inch Model ARV, 300 psi Adjustable Pressure It is important to ensure a clean water supply free of debris Relief Valve, is factory set to relieve at a pressure of ap- and solid particles such as sand, gravel, or mud. proximately 175 psi (12 bar). If, during an inspection of a water control valve, sediment or The Pressure Relief Valve may be reset to a higher pres- free particles of matter are noted, a further examination of sure; however, it must be reset to relieve at a pressure internal valve parts is necessary. which is in accordance with the requirements of the author- All deposits should be removed from all operating parts and ity having jurisdiction,typically nominal 10 psi (.7 bar)above ports. 11111rthe expected normal system pressure. Where difficulty in performance is experienced, the manu- To reset the Model ARV pressure relief valve, use an ad- facturer or its authorized representative shall be contacted justable crescent wrench, to turn the hex cap clockwise for before any field adjustment is to be made. a higher pressure setting or counter-clockwise for a lower pressure setting. Use the calibrated lines on the stem for an approximate relief pressure setting. 1 full turn of the hex Water Flow Switch (VSR-M). There is no maintenance re- cap will result in approximately 25 psi increase or decrease. quired, only periodic testing and inspection. Should switch To verify the new setting, isolate the Model ARV relief valve be found to be malfunctioning, refer to Potter Signal Techni- and use a small hydrostatic pump attached to the supply. cal Literature Brochure 5401580 for guidance. Increase the pressure at the relief valve to 10 psi above Model ARV Adjustable Relief Valve. Valve is not field ser- the expected normal system pressure. Readjust the ARV viceable. If inadvertent leakage is observed, first test the as needed to maintain a 10 psi higher relief setting. pressure setting utilizing the procedure outlined in the ARV Relief Valve Setting Procedure. If valve does not respond to field adjustments, valve shall be replaced. TESTING Note: Reference NFPA 25, Standard for the Inspection, Testing Visual calibration lines on valve are used for approximate adjustment. Verily pressure setting with pressure gauge. and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection Systems. Model UTD Universal Test & Drain Valve: The Globe Before proceeding with any tests involving water flow, the Model UTD Universal Test and Drain Valve does not require following precautions need to be taken: any regularly scheduled maintenance. The UTD is not field STEP 1. Check the location where the test connection serviceable. Model ARV Care and Maintenance discharges to make sure that all is clear and that there is no possibility of the water flow causing damage or injury. STEP 2. Check the end of the test connection to make • sure that it is unobstructed. To achieve a satis- factory test, there must be an unrestricted flow of water when the test valve is wide open. JUNE 2019 GFV-125 Page 8 of 9 ORDERING INFORMATION MODEL UM UNIVERSAL MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY Specify: MODEL UM MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY, • SIZE (1'W, 1%", 2", 2'/:", 76.1 mm,3", 4", 6", 165.1 mm, 8") PN (see Part Numbers in Table A) REPLACEMENT PARTS MODEL UM UNIVERSAL MANIFOLD REPLACEMENT MODEL ARV RELIEF VALVE PARTS/KITS (SEE GFV-575 for more information) VSR-S FLOW SWITCH Specify: MODEL ARV 1/2"ADJ RELIEF VALVE SIZE PART NUMBER PN. 317900 1 1/4" 1144440 VSR-M FLOW SWITCH with ADAPTER(includes gasket) PRESSURE GAUGE SIZE PART NUMBER Specify: 300PSI WATER PRESSURE GAUGE 11/2" 91144815-A-G PN 300121-D 2" 91144802-A-G 2 1/2" 91144825-A-G Note: 3" 91144803-A-G 300 psi(20.6 bar)Pressure Gauges Standard 4" 91144804-A-G (600 psi(41.2 bar)Ordered Separately 6" 91144806-A-G 8" 91144808-A-G MODEL UTD TEST AND DRAIN (SEE GFV-570 for more information) . Specify: MODEL UTD TEST AND DRAIN WITH RELIEF VALVE,SIZE (1", 1 1/4", or 2") PN: SIZE PART NUMBER 1" (DN25) 311729 1 1/4"(DN32) 311730 2" (DN50) 311731 Specify: MODEL UTD TEST AND DRAIN,SIZE (1", 1 1/4", or 2") PN: SIZE PART NUMBER 1" (DN25) 311704 1 1/4"(DN32) 312368 2" (DN50) 311708 Note: "DN"(Diametre Nominel)represents the Metric Equivalent of NPS (Nominal Pipe Size) GLOBE® PRODUCT WARRANTY Globe agrees to repair or replace any of its manufactured products found to be defective in material or workmanship for a period of one year from date of shipment. For specific details of our warranty please refer to Price List Terms and Conditions of Sale (Our Price List). 4077 Airpark Dr. Technical Support • Standish, MI 48658 1-800-248-0278 www.globesprinkler.com Ph. 989-846-4583 techservice©globesprinkler.com JUNE 2019 GFV-125 Page 9 of 9 Bulletin 359 May 2019 ... ® Model EX Low Pressure • e b a e Dry Pipe Valve Features • Low air or nitrogen pressure, 8 to 28 psi(0.6 to 1.9 bar) • Lightweight ductile iron body with compact trim • External reset reduces setup and commissioning time • Does not require priming water • Available fully assembled, with or without control valve Product Description ( '' The Reliable Model EX Low Pressure Dry Pipe Valve is a hy- it draulically operated, mechanical latching clapper-type valve r Mir . designed for use as a primary control valve in a dry pipe sys- tern.The pneumatic system pressure when using the Model EX l!. valve can be set substantially less than conventional differential .1 I ' style dry valves. The following benefits are a direct result of lower pneumatic pressure: Vi t" WOO • Smaller, less expensive pneumatic sources • Improved water transit times following operation of valve, • p4 and in some cases,elimination of quick opening devices .�li • Low pressure makes the use of nitrogen more practical a In addition to these benefits, mechanical type dry pipe valves are less susceptible to accidental tripping than conventional differential dry pipe valves. All sizes of the Model EX valve may be equipped with the Re- liable Model B-1 Accelerator(P/N 6516000003; ordered sepa- rately).The accelerator operates as an exhauster to hasten the operation of the dry pipe valve. Please refer to Reliable Techni- cal Bulletin 323 for further information. Model EX Dry Pipe Valve Listings and Approvals Table A Valve Size End Connection* Pressure Rating Listings&Approvals 2"(50mm),2-1/2" (65mm),&3"(80mm) Groove/Groove 250 psi(17,2 bar) cULus,FM,CE,VdS,LPCB 76mm Groove/Groove 250 psi(17,2 bar) cULus, FM, LPCB Groove/Groove 4"(100mm) Flange/Groove Flange/Flange 300 psi(20,7 bar) cULus, FM,CE,VdS, LPCB Groove/Groove 6"(150mm) Flange/Groove Flange/Flange 165mm Groove/Groove 300 psi(20,7 bar) cULus,FM, LPCB Groove/Groove 8"(200mm) 250 psi(17,2 bar) cULus, FM, CE,VdS, LPCB Flange/Flange *Note: Grooved ends per ANSI/AWWA C606;flanged ends per ASME B16.5 Class 150 or ISO 7005-2 PN16(specify). 111111 www.reliablespri nkler.com EX Valve Dimensions Figure 1 TRIM SHOWN FULLY ASSEMBLED WITHOUT CONTROL VALVE III o) II -- —/ �il Ii ��' II 11 �— � ' � J �� _� f f as I It��-' ,� /iiIt I����T ■. „-` \I/ K „ .n. I t ? . it /I.-1 /40 Va1 4,7- ,,. ii a �� ♦�I i �� a� iI I �.A.l � rn � 1. � I i■ .L.L` EILe] I �mi ilo Irk iN mm I_o ■ ■ F 11 I 3691WD Installation Dimensions in Inches(mm)(Refer to Figure 1) Table B Size A AF11 B C D E F Q H I JP) K 2"(50mm) 12-1/2 N/A 3-1/4 (318) 5-1/2 25-1/4 4-1/4 13 9-7/8 7 8-3/8 (83) . 2-1/2"(65mm), 76mm, 12-1/2 N/A (140) (641) (108) (330) (251) (178) (213) 3-3/4 3"(80mm) (318) (96) 4"(100mm) 14 16 5-1/8 27 14-7/8 11 8 10 10 4-1/2 5-1/2 (356) (406) (130) (686) (378) (279) (203) (254) (254) (114) (140) 6"(150mm), 165mm 16 19 4-7/8 5-1/2 15-1/2 11-5/8 8-5/8 10-1/2 5-1/4 (406) (483) (124) 28-1/2 (140) (394) (295) (219) (267) (133) 8" (200mm) 19-3/8 21-1/4 4-5/8 (724) 16-1/4 13-5/8 9-1/8 11-3/4 5-3/4 (492) (540) (117) (413) (346) (232) (298) (146) Notes: ' (1) AF dimension is for Flange x Groove valves(4"&6")or Flange x Flange valves(4",6",and 8"). (2)Butterfly control valve for 2"system is Anvil 990003549;all others are Reliable REL-BFG-300. Valve Shipping Weight Table C Trim Shipping Weight Table D Valve Size: End Connection: Weight: Valve Size: Weight: 2"(50mm),21/2" 2"(50mm), 21/2"(65mm), 76mm 30 lbs(13.6 kg) (65mm),76mm Groove/Groove 34 lbs(15 kg) &3"(80mm) &3"(80mm) 4"(100mm),6"(150mm), 165mm Groove/Groove 64 lbs(29 kq &8"(200mm) 34 lbs(15.5 kg) 4"(100mm) Flange/Groove 79 lbs(36 kg) Friction Loss Cable E Flange/Flange 92 lbs(42 kg) Equivalent Length: 6" 150mm Groove/Groove 95 lbs(43 kg) Valve Size: Cv &(165mm) Flange/Groove 122 lbs(56 kg) 2"(50mm) 4.4 ft(1,3 3.1 (1,0 m) 101 Flange/Flange 138 lbs(69 kg) 21/2"(65mm) 6.0 ft(1,8 m) 4.3 ft(1,3 m) 236 8"(200mm) Groove/Groove 148 lbs(67 kg) 76mm 7.7 ft(2,3 m) 5.5 ft(1,7 m) 241 Flange/Flange 197 lbs(90 kg) 3"(80mm) 12.6 ft(3,8 m) 9.0 ft(2,7 m) 254 4"(100mm) . 14ft(4,3m) 10ft(3,0m) 469 165mm 29.4ft(9,0m) 20.9ft(6,4m) 886 6"(150mm) 29.4 ft(9,0 m) 20.9 ft(6,4 m) 886 8"(200mm) 53.5ft(16,3m) 38.1 ft(11,6m) 1516 Bulletin 359 Page 2 of 12 May 2019 I;eliabld www.reliablesprinkler.com Operation Normal operation and hydrostatic testing does not address the occurrence of a water hammer which may damage the The Reliable Model EX Low Pressure Dry Pipe Valve is shown valve. A water hammer can create pressure more than the • in both the closed and open position in Figure 2. In the closed rated pressure of the equipment and should be avoided by all position, pneumatic pressure acts on the actuator preventing necessary means.Water hammer may occur from(but is not release of hydraulic pressure from the pushrod chamber.The limited to)improper fire pump settings, underground construe- supply water pressure acts simultaneously on the underside of tion work,or improper venting of trapped air in piping. the clapper and on the pushrod through the pushrod chamber restricted inlet.The resultant force on the pushrod is multiplied DO NOT use bleeder valves for testing of the low-pressure by the mechanical advantage of the lever and acts to hold the switch on the trim. Release of pneumatic pressure from the clapper closed against normal pressure surges in the water actuator trim will result in operation of the system. supply.When a sprinkler operates,the loss of pneumatic pressure in the sprinkler system causes the diaphragm and Valve Trip Time Information seal in the actuator to move away from the water seat allowing the release of water from the pushrod chamber. Since water The actuator that operates the Model EX Low-Pressure Dry cannot be replenished through the inlet restriction as rapidly System has a variable differential trip ratio that limits the as it is vented,the pushrod chamber pressure falls instanta- supervisory air/nitrogen pressure needed as the water supply neously.When the pushrod chamber pressure approaches ap- pressure increases.The differential trip ratio is the ratio of the proximately one-third of the supply pressure,the upward force water supply pressure to the supervisory air/nitrogen pres- of the water pressure acting beneath the clapper overcomes sure when the actuator fully opens.(Note: The actuator may the force applied to the lever,opening the clapper.Water partially open prior to reaching the differential trip ratio which then flows through the Model EX Low Pressure Dry Pipe Valve could trip the valve;therefore,always provide the minimum su- into the system piping and into the alarm outlet activating the pervisory pressure indicated in Table A of this bulletin,which alarm device(s).Once the clapper has opened,the lever acts includes an appropriate safety factor.) as a latch preventing the clapper from returning to the closed position. For a valve without an accelerator, use the following differential trip ratio in valve trip time calculations: Installation Static Water Supply Differential Trip Ratio for The Model EX Low Pressure Dry Pipe Valve shall be installed Pressure in psi (bar) Trip Time Calculations in accordance with NFPA 13, "Standard for the Installation 100 (6.9) 10 of Sprinkler Systems,"as well as the requirements of any authorities having jurisdiction.The direction of flow shall be 175 (12.1) 14 up through the assembly. Failure to follow installation instruc- 250(17.2) 18 tions may void the warranty and/or listing of the valve. Verify 300 (20.7) 21 compatibility of the Model EX Dry Pipe Valve materials with the water supply and the environment where the valve will be installed prior to installation. For other static water pressures,the differential trip ratio may be calculated using the following equations: The Model EX Dry Pipe Valve must be installed in a readily visible and accessible location where a minimum temperature • [psi] Differential Trip Ratio=0.056 x Static Water Supply of 40°F(4°C)or above must be maintained. Heat tracing of the Pressure in PSI + 4 Model EX Dry Pipe Valve and trim is not permitted. Heat trac- • [bar] Differential Trip Ratio=0.811 x Static Water Supply ing can result in the formation of hardened mineral deposits Pressure in BAR+4 that can prevent proper operation of the dry pipe valve. For a valve with a Model B-1 mechanical accelerator, use a Whenever ambient temperature conditions are high,the water differential trip ratio of 0 and a time delay of 10 seconds for the temperature in the Model EX Dry Pipe Valve pushrod chamber valve to trip. may rise,thereby increasing the pressure in the chamber to values exceeding the rated pressure of the system. Where For a valve with an electronic accelerator, use a differential normal temperature and pressure is exceeded, a pressure re- trip ratio of 0 and a time delay of 5 seconds for the valve to lief kit(P/N 6503050003; ordered separately)can be installed trip when the supervisory pressure is more than 15 psi,and 15 into the pushrod chamber release line to limit the pressure to seconds when the supervisory pressure is 15 psi and less. 250 psi(17.2 bar). The valve and trim kit has been tested,approved and listed in accordance with UL and FM standards. Hydrostatically testing the valve and trim to pressures higher than their rating is limited to the hydrostatic test as referenced by NFPA 13.The clapper can remain in the closed position and the trim kit need not be isolated. • Bulletin 359 Reliably Page 3 of 12 May 2019 www.reliablesprinkler.com K co w Section View of Model EX Dry Valve with Clapper in Open,Closed,and Latched Positions Figure 2 TO SYSTEM SYSTEM AIR OR NITROGEN INLET Al CLAPPER IN "OPEN"POSITION PUSH ROD W. LEVER III CLAPPER IN Atim:Will / "LATCHED"POSITION PNEUMATICm :�. � VIA —ACTUATOR 1� - !"�,t0114" , vuu��i����!�� CLAPPER IN -"" trj ' .&,il "CLOSED"POSITION 11 II Fill_ Ara', .41,' 71 4) 1 ACTUATOR AIR OR II' ,ii) 10. NITROGEN INLET i I I;:i ALARM PORT PUSHROD CHAMBER fr r DRAIN OUTLET i j is PUSH ROD CHAMBER fErJhhhh1 . ALARM TEST PORT WATER SUPPLY INLET PUSHROD 1 r (RESTRICTED ORIFICE) CHAMBER WATER SUPPLY MAIN DRAIN OUTLET OPENING FROM 1 359FG01C SUPPLY io o (17 m s E a' fu A 8 al 3 ro • • • 0 • 0 MW co c N m Model EX Valve Components Figure 3 CZ of CO LOW AR PREMIX PATCH O. MO /,—tvlI'ain Drain Valve >i NRORMROG9P / Ca6113E iff `Nsil —__ I MRCP , ,, �� �� Drain Manifold N YOEA .,ys. — ,r �, y. � I acem ATMOSPHERE PRIMP;GAME l ' r_Condensate Drain Valve TO ro ('ETELERATOR MT ' MODEL EX Br81EM P1r1 4CWOOE RIRM 1P F(' DBIR4 (PPRLMIA9FRfi61fA00013) �.ffiPi.f _ WLLVE II // AlA9APRESAIESRRPI ,ram pp _, O/ REHAODCNM9fP \ Ou L_ro /`�' 61 I ' PRESSURE GAUGE Z ••, i' TO PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR '_ (6 �� , ,___ . ® •u., �`. 1 � .� IIII� I ,� eo Emergency Manual •®�'1 („ SPRINGER Po "``' f Alarm Line Valve Release Valve �. ��� ,,,�q' / 4 A TO I TO W c� �. �� Beall Drip Valve arsATar, "�� GAWEPE 1 � 1 I ', � Alarm Test Valve C D. •II 1P � / 1 SUPPLEMENTAL Pushrod Chamber ��'=oi Main Water Control Valve(optional) �_ ► SYSTEM, PORT Supply Valve • �` d3 � (NOT USED it i- 0 I ��. ite Ito. A.4 `x4�l �/^�`�� �j��`:� / PNEUMATIC 0 CONDENSATE `. �,e��� ACTUATOR C DRAIN PORT R\ p'�q )II Ill PUSHROD `N1E_- l�! CHAMBERiimiii MAIN DRAIN PORT1111* EXTERNALPushrod Chamber Side Outlet Spool(optional) RESETS Supply Valve ACEPNVE LCI..MW g RUSH INWARD AND ROTATE EXTERNAL RESET KNOB CLOCKWISE(WHEN VIEWED nFBII FROM REAR)TO RESET CLAPPER. Amu 959FG10G IRESET KNOB CAN ONLY BE OPERATED WHEN RUSHROD CHAMBER IS FILLY * VENTED 10 PM/ a iz REAR VIEW OF 0 MODEL EX DRY VALVE 2 rr o s, 0 1 3 Iv Model EX Dry Pipe Valve Setup Procedure • This procedure should only be performed by persons who are experienced and trained in the installation and operation of • water-based fire protection systems. • The fire protection system served by the dry pipe valve will be out of service until the reset procedure is completed. • Notify any necessary authorities having jurisdiction and other affected personnel prior to placing the fire protection system out of service. • Failure to follow this reset procedure can cause failure of the dry pipe valve,resulting in serious personal injury and property damage. Please contact Reliable Technical Services at 1-800-557-2726 with any questions regarding this reset procedure. , s 1- 4 w ` ;IP h -rka Close the Main Water Control Valve and close the i • - '- Push Rod Chamber Supply Valve. CO p ' ' 1 I IF .J fti ._ __ ..._ t 0_ _ LJ_J 4 o Close the valves supplying air or nitrogen to the system. o " G. , ('I 'l i (�� % II LLJ y. ,,44 Open the Main Drain Valve and fully drain the system. (f) 1. t7 F 1 71- - , 00 Open all drain valves and vents at low points throughout LJJ the system, closing them when the system is fully I— drained. 0 :,. Note: It resetting the system as a result of fire, now is the time to inspect and replace any portion of the system subject to fire • conditions. Bulletin 359 Page 8 of 12 May 2019 ME SE www.reliablesprinkler.com r I I Model EX Dry Pipe Valve Setup Procedure (cont.) _ A RI- " With Alarm Line Valve open, push in the plunger of the W * 4_ r_ . Ball Drip Valve until air and water release from the alarm line, then close the Alarm Line Valve. U) ...:.. p 1 r RiS. 416- w '' ,: xl_ cOpen the Emergency Manual Release Valve. le p Push in and rotate the reset knob counterclockwise as • a viewed from the front of the EX valve until the clapper ',; releases and has lowered into position. ` , x: \ f x t M 00 Rsc . o w - Close the Main Drain Valve. U) f t ' 'Y '. `o A Open Air or Nitrogen Supply Valve and pressurize the �1 system until the system air pressure gauge reaches the C �I► . .l x minimum pressure specified for your system. To find the w ` ' `, minimum pressure for your system, refer to Table F. s Then place the air or nitrogen source into automatic n I operation. t s • Bulletin 359 R Page 7 of 12 May 2019 www.reliablesprinkler.com „ ”" _ ` Model EX Dry Pipe Valve Setup Procedure (cont.) CD Ras` A Open the Push Rod Chamber Supply Valve, Keep in io T = _ mind that a small amount of trapped air/water may a . . ' ;�; �G discharge from the Emergency Manual Release line w re- - ,r1 - ..") v into the drain. C/) ) - .. Note: If Push Rod Chamber Supply Valve is on the supply side of the Main Water Control Valve, skip ahead to the Alternate Set-up Instructions on the -I • last page. T r ti r. ' p`I LLJ Open the Main Drain Valve approximately 2 turns.oh I- 4so, , .` a ..., 141t. 8 7. 41e _. __ With Emergency Manual Release Valve fully open and 0- , Main Drain Valve partially open, slowly open the Main w Water Control Valve until water can just be heard running. out of the main drain. (1) f ` 111" s'' Slowly close the main drain, stopping when water begins r •," ( to flow through the Emergency Manual Release drain line. 17 T ✓ ' .. Once a steady stream of water is flowing through the ,» Emergency Manual Release, close the Emergency w `'"y , �" E r" Manual Release Valve. (JD -'" - s • Bulletin 359 Page 8 of 12 May 2019 hel.able� www.reliablesprinkler.com ! Model EX Dry Pipe Valve Setup Procedure (cont.) r 0_ kYy, 1.4., ...ti Slowly close the Main Drain Valve until it is fully closed. l f CO , jir a- If there is an accelerator on the system, reset it now per UJ the manufacturer's instructions. Cip - I. t R9 — \ i: . N.S, TCc 'z, , I� s -- Open the Alarm Line Valve. Note that water may initially w y' 1, , - 114 iii. drain from the ball drip, but this will cease if the clapper is properly sealed. __ ,. 341 PO Mir T C) az t Gam_ ( 1 j' .A\ t \ t' li • T "' Fully open the Main Water Control Valve. Verify that the w % ` - ` ' �, , main valve is fully open and properly monitored. I' , l V/ F AIF1monigosik f: "Py L ' fJ a a SJ .` d T = 1` Secure the handle of the Emergency Manual Release6 _IF...,.; Valve in the closed position with cable ties provided with '`4 I trim. Verify that all valves are in the correct positions per w page 10. 1 r Fr. • Bulletin 359 Page 9 of 12 May 2019 ; ab . www.reliablesprinkler.com Alternate Set-up Instructions: Push Rod Chamber Supply Valve below Main Water Control Valve . , Model EX Dry Pipe Valve Setup Procedure (cont.) Once a steady stream of water is flowing through the Emergency Manual Release Valve, close the Emergency W 4-' Manual Release Valve. U) „II II .iiim a To 0 o CAI . co • T '' Open the Main Drain Valve two turns. Then partially co # _ open Main Water Control Valve until water flows through c co w ..• - the Main Drain. �_ c CI) id E o 0 3 o En Tu INN -a > `1 �'` 0 . . E ram, Slowly open the Main Water Control Valve. Verify that the o 1 4r I main valve is fully open and properly monitored. n 0 W `- Yi` Aii3 ili EIT e� . E , " LS U -0 o = . ' s, , i CD iii _ Slowly close the Main Drain Valve until fully closed. o • 1±! •�i 1 7 i _ . o Q Secure the handle of the Emergency Manual Release m Valve in the closed position with cable ties provided W ( ... i with trim. Verify that all of the valves are in the correct ,.-'r 1 position per page 10. CD I prism. 4 Bulletin 359 ROSIE Page 10 of 12 May 2019 www.reliablesprinkler.com After fully resetting the Reliable Model EX Dry Pipe Valve, Supervisory Air or Nitrogen Pressure confirm that all valves are in the correct position and Requirements Table F properly monitored as required by NFPA 13: Water Pressure Supervisory Air or Nitrogen Pressure • Main Water Control Valve: Open psi(bar) psi (bar) • Push Rod Chamber Supply Valve: Open Maximum Minimum • Accelerator Inlet Valve(if present): Open • Air or Nitrogen Supply Valve: Open 20(1.4) 8(0.6) • Alarm Line Valve: Open 30(2.1) 10(0.7) • Alarm Test Valve: Closed • Main Drain Valve: Closed 50(3.4) 12(0.8) • Emergency Manual Release Valve: Closed(Secured) 75(5.2) 13(0.9) Maintenance 100(6.9) 15(1.0) 125(12.1) 16(1.1) The owner is responsible for maintaining the fire protection system in proper operating condition.Any system mainte- 150(10.3) 17(1.2) nance or testing that involves placing a system out of service 175(12.1) 18(1.2) may eliminate the fire protection that is provided by the fire protection system. Notify any required authorities having 200(13.8) 19(1.3) jurisdiction and implement appropriate precautions prior to proceeding. 225(15.5) 21 (1.4) The Reliable Model EX Low Pressure Dry Pipe Valve shall 250(17.2) 22(1.5) periodically be given a thorough inspection and test. NFPA 275(19.0) 23(1.6) 25, "Inspection,Testing and Maintenance of Water Based Fire Protection Systems,"provides minimum maintenance 300(20.7) 24(1.7) requirements.Replace any components found to be corroded, damaged,worn or non-operable. Increase the frequency of Notes: inspections when the valve is exposed to corrosive conditions 1. Supervisory air or nitrogen pressure should be set to no more or chemicals that could impact materials and/or operation of than 40 psi(2,8 bar) the assembly. 2. Fastest valve operation is achieved with lower supervisory air or nitrogen pressure; however,the supervisory air or nitrogen pres- Excess water may settle above the valve clapper following sure must be at least the minimum specified in Table F. hydrostatic testing or system activation,or over time due to 3. Air maintenance devices that maintain a constant pressure are condensation.To remove excess water from the system: recommended;however,if a tankless compressor is used,the "compressor on"setting of the pressure switch must comply with 1. Notify the owner and monitoring company that mainte- the minimum pressure in the table above, nance is being performed on the system. Guarantee 2. Close the main water control valve. For Reliable Automatic Sprinkler, Co., Inc. guarantee,terms, and conditions,visit www.reliablesprinkler.com. 3. Open the Main Drain Valve. 4. Open the Condensate Drain Valve until all water has Listings Approvals drained.Close Condensate Drain Valve immediately (Only when used with Reliable's Trim Sets.) when the flow of water has stopped. Note: DO NOT to keep the Condensate Drain Valve open for an extended 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. and UL certified period as this may result in operation of the dry pipe for Canada(cULus). valve. 2. Certified by Factory Mutual Approvals(FM). 3. Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB) 5. Allow pneumatic pressure to return to normal pressure 4. VdS Schadenverhutung GmbH(VdS)(DN50,DN65,DN80, (refer to Table F). DN100, DN150,and DN200 sizes only). 5. EN Certificates (CE) per EN 12259-3:2000 + A1:2001 + 6. Partially open the Main Water Control Valve. A2:2005 DN50: 0786-CPR-40300 7. Slowly close the Main Drain Valve. DN65: 0786-CPR-40301 DN80: 0786-CPR-40302 8. Fully open the Main Water Control Valve. DN100: 0786-CPR-40303 DN 150: 0786-CPR-40304 9. Notify the owner and monitoring company that the system DN200: 0786-CPR-40305 has been returned to service. • Bulletin 359 WilUIR Page 11 of 12 May 2019 www.reliablesprinkler.com Ordering Information Specify: Valve:Model EX Low Pressure Dry Pipe Valve Size:(See Table A) End Connections:(See Table A) Standard Trimnk • Fully assembled with control valve • Fully assembled without control valve • Segmentally assembled trim • Loose trim(Note:Loose trim does not include low pres- sure switch [P/N 6990019313]and alarm switch [P/N 6990006382];order separately) ("Please contact Reliable Sales for domestic trim options. Options: • Model B-1 Accelerator(P/N 6516000003) • Pushrod Chamber Pressure Relief Kit(P/N 6503050001) • -o Vp A Bulletin 359 e ab Page 12 of 12 May 2019 www.reliablesprinkler.com Bulletin 014 Rev. P co 1.1 ® Model Fl FR SeriescT 0 Quick Response 1 Glass Bulb Sprinklers73 Model Fl FR56 Sprinkler Types 1 111 Standard Spray Upright ' '" Standard Spray Pendent Conventional Upright/Pendent Vertical Sidewall ;T Horizontal Sidewall Model F1 FR56 Recessed Sprinkler Types Upright Pendent Conventional Standard Spray Pendent Horizontal Sidewall Model F1 FR56 Concealed Sprinkler Types V ' "' Standard Spray Pendent Model F1 FR42, F1 FRXLH & F1 FR28 Sprinkler Types Standard Spray Upright Vertical Sidewall Horizontal Sidewall Recessed PendenUFl/F2 Standard Spray Pendent Model F1 FR40 Sprinkler Types �= y Standard Spray Pendent : ; t 71 Model F1 FR42, F1 FR4O, F1FRXLH & F1FR28 .• M1 f• �.- t Recessed Sprinkler Types t• e Standard Spray Pendent '_.:'!`i',." + ..• 0 Model F1 FR56LL&F1 FR42LL Low Lead Sprinkler Recessed Concealed Recessed Types Horizontal Sidewall Pendent Pendent FP Standard Spray Pendent with less than 0.25% Lead Content �F :;?, Listing &Approvals 6 ' ' The following organizations provide Listings or Approvals �+qp, for various Model Fl FR series sprinklers. See the Design and Installation table in this Bulletin for information on XLH Upright XLH Pendent XLH Recessed specific listings and approvals applicable to each sprin- PendentFl/F2 kler. Product Description 1. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and Certified for Reliable Model F1FR series sprinklers Canada(cULus) in accordance with ANSI/UL199. 2. FM Approvals(FM) are quick-response automatic sprin- 3. Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB) klers with a glass bulb thermal element. 4. VdS Schadenverhutung GmbH (VdS) Model F1FR series sprinklers are Stan 5. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and Underwriters dard Spray sprinklers, with the excep- Laboratories of Canada Certified for Health Effects tion of the Model Fl FR56 Conventional XLH Recessed to NSF/ANSI Standard 61 Annex G (ULH) sprinkler which is an Old-style/Conven- Pendent FP tional 6. EC Certificate: 0786-CPD-40239 (RA1414), 0786- sprinkler. CPD-40251 (RA1425), 0786-CPD-40252 (RA1475) The Moodeler. del F1FR Series automatic sprinklers utilize a 3.0 (EC) mm frangible glass bulb.These sprinklers have demonstrat- ed response times in laboratory tests which are five to ten UL Listing Category times faster than standard response sprinklers. This quick Sprinklers,Automatic&Open (VNIV) response enables the Model F1 FR Series sprinklers to apply Quick Response Sprinkler water to a fire faster than standard-response sprinklers of the same temperature rating. The glass bulb consists of an accurately controlled amount • of special fluid hermetically sealed inside a precisely man- ufactured glass capsule, This glass bulb is specially con- structed to provide fast thermal response. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc., 103 Fairview Park Drive, Elmsford, New York 10523 At normal temperatures, the glass bulb contains the fluid Model F1FR Series sprinklers must be installed with the in both the liquid and vapor phases. The vapor phase can Reliable sprinkler installation wrench identified in the Design be seen as a small bubble. As heat is applied, the liquid and Installation Information table in this Bulletin. Any other expands,forcing the bubble smaller and smaller as the liq- wrench may damage the sprinkler. A leak tight sprinkler joint uid pressure increases. Continued heating forces the liquid can be obtained with a torque of 8 to 18 lb-ft(11 to 24 N-m). to push out against the bulb, causing the glass to shatter, Do not tighten sprinklers over the maximum recommended opening the waterway and allowing the deflector to distrib- installation torque. Exceeding the maximum recommended ute the discharging water. installation torque may cause leakage or impairment of the Model F1FR Series sprinklers provide a wide range of op- sprinkler. Lions where quick-response,glass bulb sprinklers are used: Recessed Sprinklers • Pendent, recessed pendent, upright, horizontal Model F1FR Series Recessed sprinklers are to be installed sidewall, and vertical sidewall deflectors as shown in Fig. 1,Fig.2,or Fig.3,as applicable to the spe- • K-factors of 2.8 (40 metric), 4.0 (57 metric), 4.2 (60 cific model being installed.The Recessed Escutcheon Data metric), and 5.6(80 metric) table in the Bulletin identifies the only recessed escutcheons • Flush, recessed, and concealed installations that are permitted to be used with each Model F1FR Series See the Design and Installation Information table in this Recessed sprinkler.The use of any other recessed escutch- Bulletin for information on the approvals and availability of eon will void all approvals and negate all warranties. specific Model F1FR series sprinkler configurations. Concealed Sprinklers Model F1FR Recessed Pendent and Recessed Horizon- Model F1FR Series Concealed Pendent sprinklers are to tal Sidewall sprinklers are required to be used with Reliable be installed as shown in Fig.4 or Fig.5,as applicable to the Model F1, F2, or FP recessed escutcheons. See the Re- selected cover plate. Model F1FR56 Concealed Pendent cessed Escutcheon Data table in this Bulletin for listing and and Model F1FR56LL Concealed Pendent sprinklers have approval information with each specific Model F1FR series a factory-installed Model CCP cup. A protective cap is in- sprinkler.Model F1 and F2 recessed escutcheons,shown in stalled at the factory that should remain on the sprinkler until Fig. 1 and 3, are a friction fit assembly allowing for 3/4-inch the sprinkler is installed and should then be reinstalled on (19mm)and 1/2-inch (12.7mm)of adjustment, respectively the sprinkler until the cover plate is installed.The concealed Model FP recessed escutcheons,shown in Fig. 2,provide a sprinkler assemblies are completed by the installation of a 1/2-inch (12.7mm)threaded adjustment. Model CCP push-on/thread-off cover plate assembly. The Model F1FR56 Concealed Pendent and Model F1FR56LL cover plate and sprinkler cup assemblies are joined using Concealed Pendent sprinklers are required to be used with a cover plate skirt with flexible tabs for threaded engage- Model CCP cover plates.A standard profile Model CCP coy- ment. A choice of two Model CCP cover plate assemblies er plate is available that provides up to 1/2-inch(12.7mm)of provides either 1/2-inch (13mm)or 5/8-inch (8mm)of covers cover plate adjustment. In addition,a low profile Model CCP adjustment. Do not install Model F1FR Series Concealed cover plate is also available that provides up to 5/16-inch Pendent sprinklers in ceilings which have positive pressure (8.0mm) of cover plate adjustment. See the Design and In- in the space above. stallation Information and Listed and Approved Temperature Model F1FR Series Concealed Pendent sprinklers require a Ratings tables in this Bulletin for further information on ap- 2-5/8-inch (67mm)diameter hole to be cut in the ceiling. The proved cover plate options. Model RC1 wrench is used to engage the sprinkler wrenching Application surfaces and to install the sprinkler in the fitting. Remove the Model F1FR Series sprinklers are intended for use in protective cap to install the sprinkler,then reinstall the protective accordance with NFPA 13, FM Property Loss Prevention cap until the cover plate is installed. When inserting or remov- Data Sheets, and the requirements of the Authority Hav- ing the wrench from the sprinkler/cup assembly,care should be ing Jurisdiction. Care must be exercised that the k-factor, taken to prevent damage to the sprinkler. Do not wrench any temperature rating,deflector style,and sprinkler type are other part of the sprinkler/cup assembly. Installation is cony in accordance with the requirements of the applicable pleted by removing the protective cap from the sprinkler and design and installation standards. In addition, Model pushing the cover plate onto the cup.Final adjustment is made Fl FR Series sprinklers must be used in accordance with by hand turning the cover plate until the skirt flange makes full their listings and approvals, as well as the information contact with the ceiling.Cover plate removal requires turning the provided in this Bulletin. cover plate in the counter clockwise direction.After installation, Installation inspect all sprinklers to ensure that there is a gap between the Glass bulb sprinklers have orange bulb protectors or pro- cover plate and ceiling and that the four cup slots are open and tective caps to minimize bulb damage during shipping,han- free from any air flow impediment to the space above. dling and installation. Reliable sprinkler installation wrench- Concealed cover plate/cup assemblies are listed only for es are designed to install sprinklers with bulb protectors in use with specific sprinklers.The use of any concealed cover place. Remove the bulb protector at the time when the sprin- plate/cup assembly other than the Reliable Model CCP with kler system is placed in service for fire protection. Removal Model F1FR56 Concealed Pendent and Model F1FR56LL of the bulb protector before this time may leave the bulb vul- Concealed Pendent sprinklers or the use of the Model CCP nerable to damage.Remove bulb protectors by undoing the Concealed cover plate assembly on any sprinkler with clasp by hand. Do not use tools to remove bulb protectors. which it is not specifically listed my prevent good fire pro tection and will void all guarantees,warranties, listings and approvals. 2. Technical Data: Sensitivity: Quick-response Thread Size: 1/2-inch NPT standard; ISO 7-R1/2 optional • Maximum Working Pressure: 175 psi (12 bar) - 100% Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34.5 bar) SIN RA1425, RA1414&RA1435 cULus listed for 250 psi (17 bar) Design and Installation Information Nominal Nominal Nominal Orifice Sprinkler Listings K-factor Deflector/ Installation Approval Model Diameter Orientation Height Wrench SIN and Notes US Metric inches mm inches mm Approvals Pendent 2.25 57 D or W2 RA1411 cULus 2 F1FR28 2.8 40 3/8 10 Recessed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1411 cULus 2 Upright 2.25 57 D or W2 RA1421 cULus 1,2 Pendent 2.25 57 D or W2 RA1418 VdS Fi FR40 4.0 57 3/8 10 Recessed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1418 VdS Pendent 2.25 57 D or W2 RA1413 cULus 2 F1FR42 4.2 60 7/16 10 Recessed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1413 cULus 2 Upright 2.25 57 D or W2 RA1423 cULus 1,2 F1FR42LL 4.2 60 7/16 10 Pendent 2.25 57 D or W2 RA1410 cULus,ULH Recessed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1410 cULus,ULH F1FRXLH Pendent 2.25 57 D or W2 RA1413 cULus 2 (F1FR42 4.2 60 7/16 10 Recessed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1413 cULus 2 with Pintle) Upright 2.25 57 D or W2 RA1423 cULus 1,2 Pendent 2.25 57 D or W2 RA1414 cULus,FM, 1,2,3,4 LPCB,VdS,EC Recessed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1414 cULus, FM, 1,2,3,4 LPCB,VdS,EC F1FR56 5.6 80 1/2 15 Concealed Pendent 2.25 57 RC1 RA1414 cULus,VdS,EC 5,6 Upright 2.25 57 D or W2 RA1425 cULus,FM, 1,2,3,4 LPCB,VdS,EC "Conventional 2.25 57 D or W2 RA1475 LPCB,VdS,EC 4 (Pendent or Upright)" Pendent 2.25 57 D or W2 RA1415 cULus,ULH 1 F1FR56LL 5.6 80 1/2 15 Recessed Pendent 2.25 57 GFR2 RA1415 cULus,ULH Concealed Pendent 2.25 57 RC1 RA1415 cULus,ULH 6 Horizontal Sidewall 2.63 67 D or W2 RA1435 cULus,FM 1,2,3,7 F1FR56 5.6 80 1/2 15 Recessed Horizontal 2.63 67 GFR2 RA1435 cULus,FM 8 Sidewall F1FR56 5.6 80 1/2 15 Vertical Sidewall 2 25 57 D or W2 RA1485 cULus,FM, 1 2 3 9 (Pendent or Upright) LPCB 11"cULus Listed Corrosion Resistant sprinkler when ordered with available Polyester coating. 2)cULus Listed Corrosion Resistant sprinkler when ordered with available Electroless Nickel PTFE plating. (3)Available with FM approved Polyester coating in black or white. (°)Available with LPCB and VdS approved Polyester coating. (5)VdS and EC approvals of the F1FR56 Concealed Pendent sprinkler are for 155°F(68°C)temperature rated sprinklers only.VdS approved sprin- klers must use Norbulb brand glass bulbs with the 1/2-inch(12.7mm)adjustment Model CCP cover plate only. (6)Model F1FR56 Concealed Pendent and Model F1 FR56LL Concealed Pendent sprinklers must be used with Reliable Model CCP cover plates, available as either standard depth with 1/2-inch(12.7mm)of adjustment or low profile with 5/16-inch(8.0 mm)of adjustment. (7)cULus Listing of the F1FR56 Horizontal Sidewall sprinkler is for Light and Ordinary Hazard occupancies only. FM Approval of the F1FR56 Hori- zontal Sidewall sprinkler is for Light Hazard occupancies only. (8)cULus Listing and FM Approval of the F1FR56 Recessed Horizontal Sidewall sprinkler is for Light Hazard occupancies only. (8)The F1FR56 Vertical Sidewall sprinkler is listed and approved for use only in Light Hazard occupancies.Minimum to maximum deflector to ceil- ing distance shall be 4 inches to 12 inches(102mm to 305mm).LPCB approval of the F1FR56 Vertical Sidewall sprinkler is for installation in the Pendent position only. 1111/ 3. Listed and Approved Temperature Ratings Ordinary Temp. Intermediate Temp. High Temp. Classification Classification Classification Deflector/ 100°F(38°C) Max.Ambient 150°F(65°C) Max.Ambient 225°F(107°C)Max. • Model Orientation Temp. Temp. Ambient Temp. 135°F(57°C) 155°F(68°C) 175°F(79°C) 200°F(93°C) 286°F(141°C)Temp. Temp.Rating Temp. Rating Temp. Rating Temp. Rating Rating Orange Bulb Red Bulb Yellow Bulb Green Bulb Blue Bulb Pendent cULus F1FR28 Recessed Pendent cULus -- Upright cULus FIFR40 Pendent VdS Recessed Pendent VdS -- Pendent cULus Fl FR42 Recessed Pendent cULus — Upright cULus F1FR42LL Pendent -- cULus,ULH — Recessed Pendent -- cULus,ULH -- Pendent cULus F1 FRXLH Recessed Pendent cULus -- Upright cULus Pendent cULus,FM,LPCB,VdS,EC Recessed Pendent cULus,FM,LPCB,VdS,EC -- F1FR56 Concealed Pendent* cULus cULus,VdS,EC I cULus -- Upright cULus,FM,LPCB,VdS,EC °Conventional LPCB,VdS,EC (Pendent or Upright)" Pendent -- cULus, ULH -- F1FR56LL Recessed Pendent -- cULus, ULH -- Concealed Pendent* -- cULus, ULH -- Horizontal Sidewall cULus,FM F1FR56 Recessed Horizontal cULus,FM -- Sidewall FiFR56 Vertical Sidewall(Pen- cULus,FM,LPCB110 dent or Upright) * Model F1FR56 Concealed Pendent and F1FR56LL Concealed Pendent sprinklers must be used with Reliable Model CCP cover plates. For Ordinary Temperature Classification sprinklers use a 135°F (57°C) temperature rated cover plate. For Intermediate Temperature Classification sprinklers use a 165°F(74°C)temperature rated cover plate. Recessed Escutcheon Data Listed and Approved Recessed Escutcheons Deflector/ Model F1 Model F2 Model FP Model Orientation (Fig.1 &3) (Fig.1 &3) (Fig.2) SIN 3/4-inch(19mm) 1/2-inch(12.7mm) 1/2-inch(12.7mm) adjustment adjustment adjustment F1FR28 Recessed Pendent cULus cULus cULus RA1411 F1FR40 Recessed Pendent VdS VdS VdS RA1418 F1FR42 Recessed Pendent cULus cULus cULus RA1413 F1FR42LL Recessed Pendent cULus,ULH cULus,ULH cULus, ULH RA1410 F1FR42XLH Recessed Pendent cULus cULus cULus RA1413 F1FR56 Recessed Pendent cULus,LPCB,VdS, cULus,FM,LPCB, cULus,VdS,EC RA1414 EC VdS,EC F1FR56LL Recessed Pendent cULus,ULH cULus,ULH cULus,ULH RA1415 F1FR56 Recessed Horizontal Sidewall cULus cULus,FM cULus RA1435 1110 4. 2 1/4"HOLE OI4. (57.2mm] 15/16"DN (49.2mmD L—_ _-I r2==1===i7I TURN COLLAR IT I 1"X 1/2" REDUCER UNTIL TIGHT AGAINST SPRINKLER WRENCH BOSS \ \ / FACE OF FITTING TO FACE OF CEILING DIMENSION Fl ESCUTCHEON 1 I ���_ AT MAXIMUM RECESS = I725.4mm] r�T _ AT MINIMUM RECESS = 3/879.5mm] F1 ESCUTCHEON + L�/� ,' J F2 ESCUTCHEON 3/4719mm] 1 _.. \)1---i� AT MAXIMUM RECESS = 3/4719mm] ADJUSTMENT AT MINIMUM RECESS = 3/879.5mm] F2 ESCUTCHEON IIIIII_°38-1111-111111 'i/ A 1/2712.7mm] >_ I i IIh"I iiir ADJUSTMENT `i 61 Fl ESCUTCHEON hi I�I 1/g, AT MAXIMUM RECESS = 7/8722.2mm] WI � •. (3.2mmJ AT MINIMUM RECESS = 1-5/8741.3mm] 11� ,1+ lI� F2 ESCUTCHEON _ 1i �,�' AT MAXIMUM RECESS = 1-f/8 728.6mmJ \ AT MINIMUM RECESS = 1-5/B[47.3mm] -.I2 27/3 M O (72.2mmJ Hg. 1 Model F1FR56,F1FR56LL,F1FR42,F1FR40,F1FR42LL,FIFRXLH&F1FR28 Recessed Pendent sprinkler with Model F1 or F2 escutcheon • r - - I I 1 7" X 1/2" REDUCER 2 5/8" DIA. [66.7mm] HOLE IN CEILING \ I 2 5/16" DIA. [58.7mm] CUP L J CEILING i: W FACE OF FITTING TO FACE OF CEILING III ®- d� III DIMENSION if! JIII tit' ,. AT MAXIMUM RECESS = 1-1/2738mm] AT MINIMUM RECESS = 1725.4mm] ,,Q�..I// a �; ,�' AT MAXIMUM RECESS = 9/16714.3mm] �, � AT MINIMUM RECESS = 1 725.4mm] ADJUSTMENT _ 3 1/4" DIA. _ if [82.6mm] Fig.2 Model F1 FR56,F1 FR56LL,F1 FR42,F1 FR40,F1 FR42LL,F1 FRXLH&F1 FR28 Recessed Pendent sprinkler with Model FP escutcheon 110 5. FACE OF FITTING TO FACE OF CEILING DIMENSION F1 ESCUTCHEON Or������� A AT MAXIMUM RECESS = 1[25.4mm] , AT MINIMUM RECESS = 3/8[9.5mm] F1 ESCUTCHEON III F2 ESCUTCHEON AT MAXIMUM RECESS = 1-3/8[34.9mm] AT MAXIMUM RECESS = 3/4[19mm] AT MINIMUM RECESS = 2-1/16[52.4mm] AT MINIMUM RECESS = 3/879.5mm] F2 ESCUTCHEON AT MAXIMUM RECESS = 1-5/8741.3mm] 2 1/4" HOLE DIA. f 1/8„ AT MINIMUM RECESS = 2-1/1 6 752.4mm] [57.2mm] [3.2mm] 1" X 1/2" REDUCER I"I►I t ix -} _ 1Irr• I ----nil1liiii I 4"-12" r (1) 1 15/16" DIA. / I s ,, (101.6mm-304.8mm][49.2mm] I i , _ IVi �4' 2 27/32" DIA. CEILING TO I LIY.I I {� [72.2mm] DEFLECTOR TURN COLLAR UNTIL I I- TIGHT AGAINST SPRINKLER Ff ESCUTCHEON WRENCH BOSS. H 3/4[19mm] ADJUSTMENT F2 ESCUTCHEON 1/2[12.7mm] ADJUSTMENT mmur RECESSED HSW W/F1 OR F2 ESCUTCHEON (1) FM APPROVED FOR 4" - 6"[101.6MM - 152.4MM] CEILING TO DEFLECTOR WITH F2 ONLY. Fig.3 Model F1 FR56 Recessed Horizontal Sidewall sprinkler with Model F1 or F2 escutcheon ill 1" x 1/2" REDUCING TEE OR ELBOW m, -- r- 2 5/8" DIA. 2 5/16" DIA I HOLE IN CEILING L- J CUP = Il• 4 111 _11I 1 1/2" MAX.////1!/// i ud FACE OF FITTING //" /// lk TO FACE OF CEILING `�_ a Ni �;;;;;;;; DIMENSION CEILING i , //////// 1/2" MAX. ip f COVER ADJUSTMENT 15/16" COVER PLATE ASSEMBLY /- 3 5/16" DIA. . - / SPRINKLER CONCEALED, 1/2" ADJUSTMENT 017FGO1A Fig.4 Model F1 FR56/F1 FR56LL Concealed Pendent sprinkler with standard depth 1/2-inch(12.7mm)adjustment-Model CCP cover plate • 6. 1" x 1/2" REDUCING TEE OR ELBOW — — 0 E -41- .. 2 5/8" DIA. 2 5/16" DIA — '' L' HOLE IN CEILING L_ CUP =h. Sri l ' [�11II[mll,1M 1 1/2" MAX. FACE OF FITTING """"1 " "' TO FACE OF CEILING DIMENSION CEILING ,i,,,,,1 5/16" MAX. 3/4" COVER ADJUSTMENT COVER PLATE— ASSEMBLY _ 3 5/76" DIA. - SPRINKLER CONCEALED, 5/16" ADJUSTMENT 017F°o2A Fig.5-Model F1 FR56/F1 FR56LL Concealed Pendent sprinkler with low profile 5/16-inch(8.0mm)adjustment-Model CCP cover plate Maintenance Material Data The Model F1 FR Series sprinklers should be inspected and Frame: DZR Brass,QM Brass,or Low Lead Brass the sprinkler system maintained in accordance with NFPA 25.Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water,ammonia or Deflector: CDA Alloy 220,260,or 510 any other cleaning fluids.Remove dust by using a soft brush Load Screw\Pintle: CDA Alloy 360 or 544 or gentle vacuuming. Replace any sprinkler which has been Cup: CDA Alloy 651 or 693 painted(other than factory applied)or damaged in any way. Washer: Nickel Alloy 440 or 360,coated with PTFE A stock of spare sprinklers should be maintained to allow Adhesive Tape quick replacement of damaged or operated sprinklers. Bulb: Glass Finishes tt) Standard Finishes Sprinkler Escutcheon Cover plater') Ordering Information Bronze Brass Chrome Specify: Chrome Plated Chrome White 1. Sprinkler Model: [F1 FR28][F1 FR40][F1 FR42] Polyester Plated [F1FR42LL][FIFRXLH][F1FR56][F1FR56LL] Coated t4M5Met White Painted Special Application Finishes 2. Sprinkler Deflector/Orientation: [Pendent][Recessed Sprinkler Escutcheon Cover platen) Pendent][Upright][Conventional][Horizontal Sidewall] Electroless Nickel Electroless Nickel Bright Brass [Recessed Horizontal Sidewall][Vertical Sidewall] PTFE7l PTFE Bright Brasst3 Bright Brass Black Plating 3. Sprinkler threads: [1/2-inch NPT][ISO 7-R1/2] Black Plated Black Plated Black Paint 4. Sprinkler Temperature Rating: [135°F (57°C)][155°F Black Paintt2Nel Black Paint Off White (68°C)][175°F(79°C)][200°F(93°C)][286°F (141°C)] Off Whitej2t6 Off White Satin Chrome Chrome Dull Chrome Dull 5. Sprinkler Finish (I)Other finishes and colors are available on special order. Consult the 6. Escutcheon Model: [F1][F2][FP] factory for details.Custom color painted sprinklers may not retain their 7. Escutcheon Finish (where applicable) UL Corrosion resistance listing.Coverplate custom paint is semi-gloss, 8. Cover plate Model: [standard profile CCP 1/2-inch unless specified otherwise. (12.7mm) adjustment][low profile CCP 5/16-inch j2) cULus Listed only. (2) 200°F(93°C)maximum. (8.0mm)adjustment] j4Q cULus listed "corrosion resistance" applies to SIN Numbers RA1435 9. Cover plate Temperature Rating: [135°F(57°C)for use (HSW), RA1485(VSW), RA1425 (Upright), RA1414 (Pendent) and with Ordinary Temperature sprinklers][165°F (74°C) RA1415 (Pendent) in standard black or white. Corrosion resistance in for use with Intermediate Temperature sprinklers] other polyester colors is available upon request. 10. Cover plate Finish (5) FM Approvals finish as"Polyester coated"applies to SIN Number RA1414,RA1435 and RA1425 in standard black or white. tel LPCB and VdS Approved finish applies only to RA1425,RA1414,RA1418 Note: When Model F1FR Series Recessed sprinklers are ordered, the (VdS)and RA1475. sprinklers and escutcheons are packaged separately. in cULus listed Corrosion Resistant 7. Reliable. . . For Complete Protection Reliable offers a wide selection of sprinkler components. Following are some of the mane precision-made Reliable products that guard life and property from fire around the clock. • Automatic sprinklers • Deluge valves • Flush automatic sprinklers • Detector check valves • Recessed automatic sprinklers • Check valves • Concealed automatic sprinklers • Electrical system • Adjustable automatic sprinklers • Sprinkler emergency cabinets • Dry automatic sprinklers • Sprinkler wrenches • Intermediate level sprinklers • Sprinkler escutcheons and guards • Open sprinklers • Inspectors test connections • Spray nozzles • Sight drains . • Alarm valves • Ball drips and drum drips • Retarding chambers • Control valve seals • Dry pipe valves • Air maintenance devices • Accelerators for dry pipe valves • Air compressors • Mechanical sprinkler alarms • Pressure gauges • Electrical sprinkler alarm switches • Identification signs • Water flow detectors • Fire department connection The equipment presented in this bulletin is to be installed in accordance with the latest published Standards of the National Fire Protection Association,Factory Mutual Research Corporation,or other similar organizations and also with the provisions of governmental codes or ordinances whenever applicable. Products manufactured and distributed by Reliable have been protecting life and property for almost 100 years. Manufactured by Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co.,Inc. h Recycled Reliabid (800)431-6051 Sales Offices �te Paperw (800)848-6051 Sales Fax Revision lines indicate updated or new data. (914)829-2042 Corporate Offices www.reliablesprinkler.com Internet Address EG.Printed in U.S.A.03/17 P/N 9999970300 Bulletin 172 Rev.G June 2018 • Reliable Model J112 and JL112 Sprinklers cULus Listed Extended Coverage Sprinklers for Light Hazard and Ordinary Hazard K11.2(160 metric) Product Description 4 l.- '.‘ Model J112 and JL112 series sprinklers are cULus Listed - - extended coverage spray sprinklers intended for installation in accordance with NFPA 13.The sprinklers also have cU- ,,, Lus Listed Specific Application Criteria for installation under concrete tee construction in accordance with the require- .' ments documented in this bulletin. Coverage areas up to , 400 ft2(37 m2)per sprinkler with a maximum spacing of up f '" • to 20 ft by 20 ft(6.1 m by 6.1 m)are permitted for both Light 40--_,_ i Hazard and Ordinary Hazard occupancies. Listed flows and pressures for each hazard classification and sprinkler spac- ing are provided in this bulletin. Model J112 and JL112 se- Model JL112 Upright Model J112 Upright ries sprinkler are cULus Listed as quick-response sprinklers for Light Hazard occupancies.When used in the Ordinary ,,,-- Hazard occupancies, Model J112 and JL112 series sprin- klers are cULus Listed as quick-response for spacings up _ to 14 ft by 14 ft(4.3 m by 4.3 m)and standard-response for other listed spacings up to 20 ft by 20 ft(6.1 m by 6.1 m). - gf� 0 1 Model J112 Pendent and J112 Upright sprinklers use a , . / • glass bulb operating element and are cULus Listed as Corrosion Resistant Sprinklers when ordered with White Y Polyester, Black Polyester,or Electroless Nickel PTFE(ENT) - - - finish. Model JL112 Pendent and JL112 Upright sprinklers use a fusible link operating element. Model J112 Pendent Model JL112 Pendent Model J112 Pendent and Model JL112 Pendent sprinklers are cULus Listed for use with the Model F2 and Model FP recessed escutch- eons,which provide up to 1/2 inch(13 mm)of adjustment. In _____ addition,for Ordinary Hazard occupancies,the Model J112 Pendent and Model JL112 Pendent sprinklers are cULus Listed for use with the Model F1 recessed escutcheon that s provides up to 3/4 inch(19 mm)of adjustment. 1 • $ Application - , Model J112 and JL112 series sprinklers are intended for F installation in Light Hazard and Ordinary Hazard occupan - '4 — - _ cies in accordance with NFPA 13.The sprinklers must be installed in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 13 F1/F2 Recessed Escutcheon FP Recessed Escutcheon for extended coverage spray sprinklers and the require- ments identified in this bulletin. In addition to the installation requirements of NFPA 13,cULus Listed Specific Application Criteria for installation under concrete tee construction is provided in this bulletin. Model J112 and JL112 Series Sprinkler Summary Table A Model Orientation Operating Element Sprinkler Identification Number (SIN) J112 Pendent Glass Bulb RA7216 • JL112 Pendent Fusible Link R7216 J112 Upright Glass Bulb RA7326 JL112 Upright Fusible Link R7326 www re liab le spri nkl er.com Model J112 Pendent Sprinkler SIN RA7216 Technical Specifications Finishes Style:Extended Coverage Pendent (See Table G) -� • Threads:3/4"NPT or ISO 7-1R3/4 -- �;' Nominal K-Factor.11.2(160 metric) Sensitivity Max.Working Pressure:175 psi(12 bar) (See Table B) Min.Spacing:8 ft.(2.4 m) r Temperature Ratings Material Specifications 155°F(68°C) Thermal Sensor:Glass Bulb 200°F(93°C) Cup:Bronze Alloy Frame:Brass Alloy Recessed Escutcheons 1 Sealing Assembly:Nickel Alloy with PTFE F13/4"(19mm)adjustment(Ordinary Hazard only) Load Screw:Bronze Alloy F2-1/2"(13mm)adjustment Kick Spring:Steel Alloy FP-1/2"(13mm)adjustment _- Deflector:Brass Alloy Listings and Approvals Sprinkler Wrench cULus Listed Model J1 cULus Listed as Corrosion Resistant - - Model RJ(recessed) with White Polyester,Black Polyester, _ _ and ENT finish only Model J112 Pendent Sprinkler Components Figure 1 ! Wrench Flat ��` III aril ll t III'I ' 3"(76mm) • • • Bulb ` / �; ;.111 L1-5/8"(42mm)-] Listed Design Criteria and Sensitivity Table B Light Hazard Ordinary Hazard Ordinary Hazard Max.Spacing 9 Group 1 Group 2 tt.x ft. (m x m) Flow Pressure Flow Pressure Flow Pressure 9Pm(I/m) psi(bar) 9Pm Wm) psi(bar) gpm(Wm) psi(bar) 12 x 12 30(114) 7.2(0.50) 30(114) 7.2(0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) (3.7 x 3.7) OR OR OR QR QR QR 14 x 14 30(114) 7.2(0.50) 30(114) 7.2(0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) (4.3 x 4.3) QR OR OR OR OR QR 16 x 16 30(114) 7.2(0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) 51 (193) 20.7(1.4) (4.9 x 4.9) QR QR SR SR SR SR 18 x 18 33(125) 8.7(0.60) 49(186) 19.1 (1.3) 65(246) 33.7(2.3) (5.5 x 5.5) QR QR SR SR SR SR 20 x 20 40(152) 12.8(0.88) 60(227) 28.7(2.0) 80(303) 51.0(3.5) (6.1 x6.1) OR OR SR SR SR SR QR =Quick-response SR =Standard-response • Bulletin 172 Rev.G RellablEE Page 2 of 7 June 2018 www.reliablesprinkler.com Model JL112 Pendent Sprinkler SIN R7216 Technical Specifications40 FinishesStyle:Extended Coverage Pendent (See Table G) Threads:3/4"NPT or ISO 7-1R3/4 Nominal K-Factor:11.2(160 metric) Sensitivity Max.Working Pressure:175 psi(12 bar) (See Table C) -� Min.Spacing:8 ft.(2.4 m) Temperature Rating* / Material Specifications 165°F(74°C) Thermal Sensor:Nickel Alloy Solder Link 212°F(100°C) Frame:Brass Alloy Levers:Brass Alloy Recessed Escutcheons Cap:Bronze Alloy F1-3/4"(19mm)adjustment(Ordinary Hazard only) Sealing Assembly:Nickel Alloy with PTFE F2-1/2"(13mm)adjustment `' Load Screw:Bronze Alloy FP-1/2"(13mm)adjustment Deflector:Brass Alloy Strut:Copper Alloy Listings and Approvals '* cULus Listed .. Sprinkler Wrench Model J1 *Chrome and white polyester finish is supplied Model RJ(recessed) with white link regardless of temperature rating Model J112 Pendent Sprinkler Components Figure 2 Ill Wrench Flat 'II[i; i'Ih p�1,� , jilt iiro�f-� ��i�� 3��(76mm) Link kr 1 . mil u a L-1-5/8'(42mm)-] Listed Design Criteria and Sensitivity Table C Light Hazard Ordinary Hazard Ordinary Hazard Max.Spacing g Group 1 Group 2 ft.xft. (m x m) Flow Pressure Flow Pressure Flow Pressure gpm(Wm) psi(bar) gpm(Um) psi(bar) gpm(Um) psi(bar) 12 x 12 30(114) 7.2(0.50) 30(114) 7.2(0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) (3.7 x 3.7) OR QR QR QR QR OR 14 x 14 30(114) 7.2(0.50) 30(114) 7.2(0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) (4.3 x 4.3) QR OR OR OR OR OR 16 x 16 30(114) 7.2(0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) 51 (193) 20.7(1.4) (4.9 x 4.9) OR OR SR SR SR SR 18 x 18 33(125) 8.7(0.60) 49(186) 19.1 (1.3) 65(246) 33.7(2.3) (5.5 x 5.5) OR OR SR SR SR SR 20 x 20 40(152) 12.8(0.88) 60(227) 28.7(2.0) 80(303) 51.0(3.5) (6.1 x 6.1) OR OR SR SR SR SR OR =Quick-response 0 SR =Standard-response Bulletin 172 Rev.G Page 3 of 7 June 2018 rfaMTINIO www.reliablesprinkler.com Model J112 Upright Sprinkler SIN RA7326 Technical Specifications Finishes Style:Extended Coverage Upright (See Table G) 41111 Threads:3/4"NPT or ISO 7-1 R3/4 Nominal K-Factor:11.2(160 metric) Sensitivity �__. Max.Working Pressure:175 psi(12 bar) (See Table D) Min.Spacing:8 ft.(2.4 m) - - Temperature Rating Material Specifications 155°F(68°C) Thermal Sensor:Glass Bulb 200°F(93°C) Cup:Bronze Alloy Frame:Brass Alloy Sprinkler Wrench Sealing Assembly:Nickel Alloy with PTFE Model J1 Load Screw:Bronze Alloy �! Kick Spring:Steel Alloy Listings and Approvals Deflector:Brass Alloy cULus Listed cULus Listed as Corrosion Resistant with White Polyester,Black Polyester, and ENT finish only .... Model J112 Upright Sprinkler Components Figure 3 .H},.�.`�art., ` Wrench Flat Bulb ) `�! II, � ,II', ' III2-13l16'(71mm) • 1-5/8'(41mm) Listed Design Criteria and Sensitivity Table D Light Hazard Ordinary Hazard Ordinary Hazard Max.Spacing 9 Group 1 Group 2 ft.x ft. (m x m) Flow Pressure Flow Pressure Flow Pressure 9Pm(I/m) psi(bar) gpm(Wm) psi(bar) 9Pm(I/m) psi(bar) 12 x 12 30(114) 7.2(0.50) 30(114) 7.2(0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) (3.7 x 3,7) OR QR OR OR OR OR 14 x 14 30(114) 7.2(0.50) 30(114) 7.2(0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) (4.3 x 4.3) QR QR QR OR OR QR 16 x 16 30(114) 7.2(0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) 51 (193) 20.7(1.4) (4.9 x 4.9) OR OR SR SR SR SR 18 x 18 33(125) 8.7(0.60) 49(186) 19.1 (1.3) 65(246) 33.7(2.3) (5.5 x 5.5) OR QR SR SR SR SR 20 x 20 40(152) 12.8(0.88) 60(227) 28.7(2.0) 80(303) 51.0(3.5) (6.1 x 6.1) QR QR SR SR SR SR QR=Quick-response SR= Standard-response • Bulletin 172 Rev.G 1ree'liab'4 Page 4 of 7 June 2018 �1 www.reliablesprinkler.com Model JL112 Upright Sprinkler SIN R7326 • Technical Specifications Finishes Style:Extended Coverage Upright (See Table G) Threads:3/4"NPT or ISO 7-1 R3/4 Nominal K-Factor:11.2(160 metric) Sensitivity Max.Working Pressure:175 psi(12 bar) (See Table E) Min.Spacing:8 ft.(2.4 m) Temperature Rating` / +e Material Specifications 165°F(74°C) Thermal Sensor:Nickel Alloy Solder Link 212°F(100°C) \1 Frame:Brass Alloy Levers:Brass Alloy Sprinkler Wrench Strut:Brass Alloy Model J1 ., 0 _ A Cap:Bronze Alloy ` Sealing Assembly:Nickel Alloy with PTFE Listings and Approvals t' Load Screw:Bronze Alloy cULus Listed Deflector:Brass Alloy 416.7 "... . 'Chrome and white polyester finish is supplied arr11 with white link regardless of temperature rating Model JL112 Upright Sprinkler Components Figure 4 It Wrench Flat I Link " i.� ���� �, ����� 2.13116'(71mm) ill 11-I_- III`'; _ 11II O ....-- 15/8'(41mm) Listed Design Criteria and Sensitivity Table E Light Hazard Ordinary Hazard Ordinary Hazard Max.Spacing g Group 1 Group 2 ft.x ft. (m x m) Flow Pressure Flow Pressure Flow Pressure gpm(Um) psi(bar) gpm(I/m) psi(bar) gpm(I/m) psi(bar) 12 x 12 30(114) 7.2(0.50) 30(114) 7.2(0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) (3.7 x 3.7) QR OR OR OR OR QR 14 x 14 30(114) 7.2(0.50) 30(114) 7.2(0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) (4.3 x 4.3) QR OR OR OR OR QR 16 x 16 30(114) 7.2(0.50) 39(148) 12.1 (0.8) 51 (193) 20.7(1.4) (4.9 x 4.9) QR QR SR SR SR SR 18 x 18 33(125) 8.7(0.60) 49(186) 19.1 (1.3) 65(246) 33.7(2.3) (5.5 x 5.5) OR QR SR SR SR SR 20 x 20 40(152) 12.8(0.88) 60(227) 28.7(2.0) 80(303) 51.0(3.5) (6.1 x6.1) QR OR SR SR SR SR QR = Quick-response 0 SR =Standard-response Bulletin 172 Rev.G Reliable www.reliablesprinkler.com 5 of 7 June 2018 www.reliablesprinkler.com Model J112 and JL112 Specific Application Criteria for Use Under Concrete Tee Construction cULus Listed The Model J112 and JL112 pendent and upright sprinklers are cULus Listed for installation under concrete tee construction in ac- cordance with the following specific application criteria: • Max.Tee Depth: 2'-6"(0.8m) • Max.Tee Stem Spacing: 7'-6"(2.3m) • Min.Tee Stem Spacing:3'-0"(0.9m) • Max. Tee Length: 32'-0"(9.8m)or baffles not less than the depth of the tees must be installed so that the longitudinal space between baffles does not exceed 32ft(9.8m)in length. • Max. Deflector distance below Tee: 1" (25mm) • Comply with obstructions to the Sprinkler Discharge Pattern Development requirements of the NFPA13 where deflector is lo- cated above bottom of tee. Application and Installation for Use Under Concrete Tee Figure 5 —2'-6"(0.8m) 1"(25mm)max. max. + 4 ..x } I Ib. 1"(25mm)max. J 7'-6"(2.3m)max. I 3'-0"(0.9m)min. Model FP Escutcheon Model Fi/F2 Escutcheon Installation Dimensions Figure 6 Installation Dimensions Figure 7 -16/16'DIA. 516 al 2-5/8'DIA.(67mm) !--- Mai-- Hole In Ceiling KIM 23/8`(6Omm)DIA. F-3/ (Ceiling 2-5/16'DIA. F (59mm)Cup I' _ " i F1:1/2'(12mm)H-3/8'(10mm) �' F2:3/8(10mn)+/-166(6mm)I'(25mm)�/-1/4'(6mm) , /�,,,,. _r __�_ �� F1:2'(61mm)Cl-3/8'(10mm) 1-3/8'(35mm)+/-1/4'(6mm) NA, F2:2-1/6'(69mm)+/-1/4'16 m) NM - 2-13/16'(71nm) Note:The Model FP, F1, or F2 may be used for ordinary hazard occupancies. For light hazard occupancies,the Model FP or F2 recessed escutcheon must be used. Model J112 and JL112 sprinklers with Model F1 recessed escutcheon are not listed for use in light hazard occupancies. • Bulletin 172 Rev.G Reliable Page 6 of 7 June 2018 ,lam www.reliablesprinkler.com Sprinkler& Escutcheon Finishes t't Sprinkler Finishes Special Application Sprinkler Finishes IllSprinkler F1,F2,&FPj3'Escutcheons Sprinkler F1,F2,&FPP)Escutcheons Bronze Brass Bright Brass Bright Brass Chrome Plated Chrome Plated Dull Chrome Dull Chrome White Polyester(2) White Polyester Black Polyester(2) Black Polyester Custom Color Polyester Custom Color Polyester Electroless Nickel PTFE(2)(4) Type 316 Stainless Steel Notes:(')Paint or any other coating applied over the factory finish will void all approvals and warranties. (2)cULus Listed Corrosion Resistant when ordered with Model J112 Pendent(RA7216)or Model J112 Upright(RA7326). (3)The Model FP escutcheon assembly consists of an unfinished galvanized cup with a finished escutcheon ring. (4 Available with Model J112 Pendent(RA7216)and Model J112 Upright(RA7326)only. Installation J1 Wrench RJ Wrench Glass bulb sprinklers have orange bulb protectors to minimize bulb damage during shipping, handling, and installation. Re- ':�Ce liable sprinkler installation wrenches are designed to install � i. sprinklers with bulb protectors in place. Remove the bulb pro- (.21' ' tector at the time when the sprinkler system is placed in service , ./ — for fire protection.Removal of the bulb protector before this time may leave the bulb vulnerable to damage.Remove bulb protec- tors by undoing the clasp by hand. Do not use tools to remove m bulb protectors. -- Models J112 and JL112 series sprinklers must be installed with the Reliable sprinkler installation wrench identified in this bulletin. Any other wrench may damage the sprinkler. Recom- mended installation torque is 14 to 20 lb.ft (19 to 27 N.m). Do Listings and Approvals not tighten sprinklers over the maximum recommended installa- tion torque.Exceeding the maximum recommended installation40 Listed by Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.and certified by torque may cause leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Underwriters Laboratories of Canada(cULus) Recessed pendent sprinklers are to be installed as shown in Fig. 6 or Fig 7., as applicable to the specific model being in- UL Listing Category stalled.Models J112 and JL112 series recessed pendent sprin- klers may only be installed with the Reliable Model F1, Model Sprinklers,Automatic and Open Extended Coverage Sprinklers F2, or Model FP recessed escutcheon. The use of any other UL Guide Number-VNIV. recessed escutcheon will void all approvals and negate all war- ranties. The Reliable Model FP escutcheon may not be used Ordering Information in ceilings having positive pressure with respect to the space below. Ensure that the openings in the Model FP escutcheon/ Specify: can assembly are unobstructed following installation. 1. Sprinkler Model: [J112 Pendent] [JL112 Pendent] Maintenance [J112 Upright] [JL112 Upright] 2. Temperature Rating:J112: [155°F(68°C)] [200°F(93°C)] Models J112 and JL112 series sprinklers should be inspect- JL112: [165°F(74°C)] [212°F(100°C)] ed and the sprinkler system maintained in accordance with 3. Finish:(See Table G) NFPA 25. Do not clean sprinklers with soap and water, ammo- 4. Escutcheon (Pendent Only;for 3/4"threads) nia or any other cleaning fluids. Remove dust by gentle vacu- Model F1 (Ordinary Hazard Only) uming. Replace any sprinkler which has been painted (other Model F2 than factory applied)or damaged in any way. A stock of spare Model FP sprinklers should be maintained to allow quick replacement of damaged or operated sprinklers. Prior to installation,sprinklers should be maintained in the original cartons and packaging un- til used to minimize the potential for damage to sprinklers that would cause improper operation or non-operation. -o z m 0 -4 Bulletin 172 Rev.G MEW Page 7 of 7 June 2018 www.reliablesprinkler.com tLJCI:i Worldwide www.tyco-fire.com Contacts I • Series DS-3 Dry-Type Sprinklers 11.2K Horizontal Sidewall Standard Response, Extended Coverage General to do so may impair the performance of these devices. Description The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system TYCO Series DS-3 Dry-Type Sprinklers, and devices in proper operating con- -.."-1' 11.2K Horizontal Sidewall, Standard dition. Contact the installing contrac- '"' "As - Response, Extended Coverage, Ordi- tor or product manufacturer with any Ark.. nary Hazard (ECOH) are decorative questions. glass bulb automatic sprinklers. They Series DS-3 Dry-Type Sprinklers must are intended for use in applications only be installed in fittings that meet where the sprinklers and/or a portion of the requirements of the Design Criteria the connecting piping may be exposed section.Installation of Series DS-3 Dry- to freezing temperatures; for example, Type Sprinklers in a recessed installa- Physical Characteristics horizontal piping extensions through a tion will void all sprinkler warranties,as Inlet Copper wall to protect an unheated area of a well as void the sprinkler's laboratory Plug Copper building. Approvals. Yoke Stainless Steel Casing Galvanized Carbon Steel Series DS-3 Extended Coverage Insert Bronze Ordinary Hazard Horizontal Sidewall, Sprinkler Bulb Seat Bronze Bulb Glass(3 mm) Dry-Type Sprinklers are designed for Identification Compression Screw Bronze extended coverage use in ordinary Deflector Bronze hazard occupancies(ECOH)per NFPA Frame Bronze 13. ID Number (SIN) Guide Tube Stainless Steel Water Tube Stainless Steel Series DS-3 Dry-Type Sprinklers TY5339 Spring Stainless Steel provide protection of coverage areas Sealing Assembly..Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON up to 16 ft x 20 ft(320 ft2)as compared Technical Pin Stainless Steel to standard coverage horizontal side- wall sprinklers having a maximum coy- Data Button Spring Stainless Steel g Helper Spring Stainless Steel Escutcheon Carbon Steel erage area of 10 ft x 10 ft(100 ft2)for ordinary hazard occupancies. Approvals Operation UL and C-UL Listed NOTICE Refer to Table A and the Design Criteria When TYCO Series DS-3 Dry-Type Series DS-3 Dry-Type S Sprinklers section Sprinklers, 11.2K Horizontal Sidewall, P Standard Response, Extended Cov- described herein must be installed Maximum Working Pressure erage, Ordinary Hazard (ECOH) are in and maintained in compliance with this 175 psi(12,1 bar) service,water is prevented from enter- document,as well as with the applica- Inlet Thread Connections ing the assembly by the Plug with tile standards of the NATIONAL FIRE 1 Inch NPT Sealing Assembly(Ref.Figure 1)in the PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA), ISO 7-R 1 Inlet of the sprinkler. in addition to the standards of any other Discharge Coefficient authorities having jurisdiction. Failure g The glass bulb contains a fluid that Refer to Table B expands when exposed to heat.When IMPORTANT Temperature Ratings the rated temperature is reached, the Refer to Technical Data Sheet 155°F(68°C)and 200°F(93°C) fluid expands sufficiently to shatter TFP2300 for warninpertainingto Finishes the glass bulb, and the Bulb Seat is Sprinkler:Refer to Table E released. regulatory and health information. Always refer to Technical Data Escutcheon:Refer to Table E The compressed Spring is then able Y to expand and push the Water Tube as Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER well as the Guide Tube outward. This WARNING" that provides cautions action simultaneously pulls inward on with respect to handling and instal- the Yoke, withdrawing the Plug with lation of sprinkler systems and com- Sealing Assembly from the Inlet allow- ponents. Improper handling and ing the sprinkler to activate and flow installation can permanently damage water. a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail • to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Page 1 of 8 AUGUST 2018 TFP550 TFP550 Page 2 of 8 0 PLUG WITH YOKE PLUG CASING INSERT FRAME BULB DEFLECTOR GASKETED SPRING SPRING SEAL PLATE INLET WATER GUIDE BULB COMPRESSION INLET 1" NPT SPRING BAND TUBE TUBE SEAT SCREW FIGURE 1 SERIES DS-3 HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL DRY-TYPE SPRINKLER TY5339(ECOH) ASSEMBLY SPRINKLER FINISH Length, K-factor, Temperature Bulb Inches gpm/psi' Rating Color Code Natural Chrome White (mm) (]pm/bar'-) Brass Plated Polyester 2-1/2 to 14-3/4 11.2 155°F(68°C) Red (63 mm to 375 mm) (161,3) 1,2 15 to 18-3/4 10.9 200°F(93°C) Green (381 mm to 476 mm) (157,0) 19 to 23 10.8 Notes: (483 mm to 584 mm) (155,5) 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.(maximum order length of 48 inches) 2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories for use in Canada(maximum order length of 48 inches). 23-1/4 to 26-3/4 10.7 TABLE A (591 mm to 679 mm) (154,1) SERIES DS-3 HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL DRY-TYPE SPRINKLERS 27-1/4 to 31-1/4 10.6 EXTENDED COVERAGE, ORDINARY HAZARD(TY5339) (692 mm to 794 mm) (152,6) • LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS 31-1/2 to 35-1/4 10.5 Sprinkler Fittings (800 mm to 895 mm) (151,2) Design Install 1 inch NPT Series DS-3 Dry Type 35-1/2 to 39-1/2 10.4 Sprinklers in the 1 inch NPT outlet or (902 mm to 1003 mm) (149,8) Criteria run of the following fittings: 39-3/4 to 43-1/2 10.3 The TYCO Series DS-3 Dry-Type Sprin- • malleable or ductile iron threaded (1010 mm to 1105 mm) (148,3) klers, 11.2K Horizontal Sidewall, Stan- tee fittings that meet the dimen- 43-3/4 to 48 10.2 dard Response, Extended Coverage, sional requirements of ANSI B16.3 (111 mm to 1219 mm) (146,9) Ordinary Hazard(ECOH)are for use in (Class 150) Notes: ordinary hazard occupancies with non- • cast iron threaded tee fittings that • K-factor Length Is determined as follows: combustible unobstructed construction meet the dimensional requirements • (127 Order Length from Figure 2 plus 1/2 In. and with a ceiling slope not exceed- of ANSI B16.4(Class 125) • Deep:Order Length from Figure 4 plus 3-1/4 in. ing 2 inches per foot (9.2°), using the (82,6mm) design criteria provided in Table C, as Do not install Series DS-3 Dry-Type • Without Escutcheon:Order Length from Figure5 Sprinklers into elbow fittings.The Inlet minus2-1/4 in.(57,2 mm) well as any additional requirements P � 9 specified in NFPA 13 for Extended Coy- of the sprinkler can contact the interior TABLE B erage Sidewall Spray Sprinklers. of the elbow. DISCHARGE COEFFICIENTS A 36 in. (914 mm) clearance must be The unused outlet of the threaded tee is maintained between the top of the plugged as shown in Figure 6. sprinkler deflector and any miscella- Series DS-3 Dry-Type Sprinklers can neous storage. also be installed in the 1 inch NPT outlet Series DS-3 Dry-Type Sprinklers may of a GRINNELL Figure 730 Mechanical be installed on sloped ceilings in Tee.However,the use of the Figure 730 loading docks with a maximum roof Tee for this arrangement is limited to slope of 4 inches per foot (18.4°) as wet pipe systems. shown in Figure 8 and using the design criteria provided in Table C. ID TFP550 Page 3 of 8 Coverage Top of111, Minimum Minimum Minimum Areal Flow2, Pressure2, Deflector-to-Ceiling Temperature S acin ° Application W x L, Distance3, p p g , ft x ft gpm (bey) Inches Rating ft (m x m) I m (mm) ( I 16 x 16 38 11.5 Series DS-3(TY5339) (4,9 x 4,4) (144) (0,79) Horizontal Sidewall 16 x 18 43 14.7 Dry-Type Sprinkler(ECOH) (a,9 x 5,5) (163) (1,01) OH Group 1 (0.15 gpm/sq.ft) Standard Response 16 x 20 48 18.4 (4,9 x 6,1) (182) (1,27) 6 to 12 155°F,200°F 8 16 x 16 51 20.7 (150 to 300) (68°C,93°C) (2,4) Series DS-3(TY5339) (4,9 x 4,4) (193) (1,43) Horizontal Sidewall 16 x 18 58 26.8 Dry-Type Sprinkler(ECOH) (4,9 x 5,5) (220) (1,85) OH Group 2(0.20 gpm/sq.ft) Standard Response 16 x 20 64 32.7 (4,9 x 6,1) (242) (2,25) Notes: 1. Backwall(where sprinkler is located)by sidewall(length of throw). 2. Requirement is based on minimum flow in GPM from each sprinkler.The indicated residual pressures are based on the nominal K-factor of 11.2. 3. The centerline of the sprinkler waterway Is located below the deflector as shown in Figures 2.3,and 4. 4. Minimum spacing is for lateral distance between sprinklers located along a single wall.Otherwise adjacent sprinklers(that is,sidewall sprinklers on an adjacent wall, on an opposite wall,or pendent sprinklers)must be located outside of the maximum listed protection area of the extended coverage sidewall sprinkler being utilized. TABLE C SERIES DS-3 EXTENDED COVERAGE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL DRY-TYPE SPRINKLERS UL AND C-UL LISTING COVERAGE AND FLOW RATE CRITERIA Temperatures for Heated Areal The configuration shown in Figure 7 is only applicable for wet pipe systems Ambient Temperature 40°F 50°F 60°F where the sprinkler fitting and water- Exposed to (4°C) (10°C) (16°C) filled pipe above the sprinkler fitting are Discharge End of Sprinkler Minimum Exposed Barrel Length2, not subject to freezing and where the Inches length of the Dry-Type Sprinkler has the (mm) minimum exposure length depicted in 40°F Figure 10.Refer to the Exposure Length (4°C) 0 0 0 section. 30°F For wet pipe system installations of 1 (-1°C) 0 0 0 inch NPT Series DS-3 Dry-Type Sprin- klers connected to CPVC piping, use 20°F 4 0 0 only the following TYCO CPVC fittings: (-7°C) (100) 10°F 8 1 • 1 in. x 1 in. NPT Female Adapter (-12°C) (200) (25) 0 (P/N 80145) • 1 in. x 1 in. x 1 in. NPT Sprinkler 0°F 12 3 0 Head Adapter Tee(P/N 80249) (-18°C) (305) (75) For dry pipe system installations, use -10°F 14 4 1(-23°C) (355) (100) (25) only the side outlet of maximum 2-1/2 inch reducing tee when locating Series -20°F 14 6 3 DS-3 Dry-Type Sprinklers directly (-29°C) (355) (150) (75) below the branch line. Otherwise, use -30°F 16 8 4 the configuration shown in Figure 6 to (-34°C) (405) (200) (100) assure complete water drainage from above Series DS-3 Dry-Type Sprinklers -40°F 18 8 a and the branch line. Failure to do so (-40°C) (455) (200) (100) may result in pipe freezing and water -50°F 20 10 6 damage. (-46°C) (510) (255) (150) -60°F 20 10 6 (-51°C) (510) (255) (150) Notes: 1. For protected area temperatures that occur between values listed above,use the next cooler temperature. 2. These lengths are inclusive of wind velocities up to 30 mph(18,6 kph). TABLE D EXPOSED SPRINKLER BARRELS IN WET PIPE SYSTEMS MINIMUM RECOMMENDED LENGTHS TFP55O Page 4 of 8 • ORDER LENGTHS: FACE OF NOTICE 3"to 45-1/4"(76,2 to 1149,4 mm) MOUNTING Do not install Series DS-3 Dry-Type IN 1/4"(6,4 mm)INCREMENTS SURFACE Sprinklers into any other type fitting 2's 1/ without first consulting the Technical FACE OF (50,8:3,2 mm) Services Department.Failure to use the SPRINKLER FITTING 2-3/4"DIA. 9/16"(14,3 mm) appropriate fitting may result in one of 1"NPT, (69,9 mm) i 1 the following: NOMINAL MAKE-IN 9/16"(14,3 mm) • failure of the sprinkler to operate v-iproperly due to formation of ice 3-11/16"DIA. over the Inlet Plug or binding of the 1 f (93,7 mm) Inlet Plug - 1 • insufficient engagement of the SPRINKLER FITTING Inlet pipe-threads with consequent (REFER TO DESIGN \ CENTERLINE leakage CRITERIA SECTION) OF WATERWAY Drainage FIGURE2 In accordance with the minimum SERIES DS-3 ECOH HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL DRY-TYPE SPRINKLER requirements of the NATIONAL FIRE WITH FLUSH ESCUTCHEON(TY5339) PROTECTION ASSOCIATION for dry pipe sprinkler systems, branch,cross, and feed-main piping connected to Dry ORDER LENGTHS: FACE OF Sprinklers and subject to freezing tern- 1"to 44"(25,4 to 1117,6 mm) MOUNTING peratures must be pitched for proper IN 1/4'(6,4 mm)INCREMENTS SURFACE 4 1/8„±3/8„ drainage. FACE OF (104,8±9,5 mm) Exposure Length SPRINKLER FITTING 2-3/4"DIA. 9/16"(14,3 mm) When using Dry Sprinklers in wet pipe 1"NPT, (69,9 mm) sprinkler systems to protect areas NOMINAL MAKE-IN subject to freezing temperatures, use 9/16"(14,3 mm) I Table D to determine a sprinkler's appropriate exposed barrel length to 3-1/2"DIA. prevent water from freezing in the con- f (88,9 mm) necting pipes due to conduction. The 1 exposed barrel length measurement must be taken from the face of the SPRINKLER FITTING sprinkler fitting to the surface of the (REFER TO DESIGN CENTERLINE structure or insulation that is exposed CRITERIA SECTION) OF WATERWAY to the heated area.Refer to Figure 7 for FIGURE 3 an example. SERIES DS-3 ECOH HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL DRY-TYPE SPRINKLER For protected area temperatures WITH DEEP ESCUTCHEON(TY5339) between those given above, the minimum recommended length from ORDER LENGTHS: the face of the fitting to the outside of the protected area may be determined 5-1/4'to 48"(133,4 to 1219,2 mm) by interpolating between the indicated IN 1/4"(6,4 mm)INCREMENTS MINIMUM values. 2-1/4"(57,2 mm) FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING DEFLECTOR TO Clearance Space MOUNTING In accordance with NFPA 13, when 1 NPT, SURFACE connecting an area subject to freez- NOMINAL MAKE-IN ing and an area containing a wet pipe 9/16"(14,3 mm) sprinkler system,the clearance space around the sprinkler barrel of Dry-Type Sprinklers must be sealed. Due to ftemperature differences between two -----,, / 9/16" areas,the potential for the formation of (14,3 mm) condensation in the sprinkler and sub- SPRINKLER FITTING sequent ice build-up is increased. If (REFER TO DESIGN CENTERLINE this condensation is not controlled,ice CRITERIA SECTION) OF WATERWAY build-up can occur that might damage FIGURE 4 the Dry-Type Sprinkler and/or prevent SERIES DS-3 ECOH HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL DRY-TYPE SPRINKLER proper operation in a fire situation. WITHOUT ESCUTCHEON(TY5339) Use of the Model DSB-2 Dry Sprin- kler Boot, described in Technical Data Sheet TFP591 and shown in Figure 9, can provide the recommended seal. TFP550 Page 5 of 8 4 DSB-2 EXPOSURE 'ill • TO DRY NTENDED LENGTH SYSTEM RUN FOR FREEZER -(SEE DESIGN OUTLET s,„ IIIIIIIPLUGGED STRUCTURES CRITERIA SECTION) ell IM : FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING SPRINKLERMill -�� i DSB-2 FITTING r zzill M1 INTENDED (SEE DESIGN \L FOR FREEZER O CRITERIA - STRUCTURES601'‘11111SECTION) DSB-2 TO DRY INTENDED 6t AREA SYSTEM FOR FREEZER SUBJECT STRUCTURES TO AREA1.01,..2 FREEZING SUBJECT HEATED TO AREA FREEZING FIGURE 5 FIGURE 6 FIGURE 7 SPRINKLER FITTING SPRINKLER FITTING SPRINKLER FITTING UNHEATED AREA UNHEATED AREA HEATED AREA 2-3/4"DIA. (69,9 mm) MAXIMUM CLEARANCE INSULATED THROW HOLE FREEZER JTOl234,8mm) ADHESIVE STRUCTURE DSB-2 BOOT6 (1524mm) 1111111 ,I�� r CEILING TO TOP 4/12 `:: 's OF SPRINKLER SLOPE a , DEFLECTOR MAXIMUM % DISTANCE t. FIGURE 8 STRAP TIES SPRINKLER PLACEMENT (ENDS ON DS-3 UNDER SLOPED CEILINGS OPPOSING SHOWN IN LOADING DOCKS SIDES OF WITH FLUSH BOOT) ESCUTCHEON FIGURE 9 MODEL DSB-2 DRY SPRINKLER BOOT WITH SERIES DS-3 DRY-TYPE PENDENT SPRINKLER TFPSSO Page 6 of 8 • Installation WRENCH FLAT ice.. ENGAGEMENT TYCO Series DS-3 Dry-Type Sprinklers, Iv. `� AREA 11.2K Horizontal Sidewall, Standard Response, Extended Coverage, Ordi- '►�, ' 1 IOIL nary Hazard (ECOH) must be installed in accordance with this section. 14 �► General Instructions ,rl1lr, .- \`�` IY�r+, WRENCH Series DS-3 Dry Type Sprinklers must �,G't FLATS only be installed in fittings that meet the requirements of the Design Crite- ria section. Refer to the Design Criteria D O NOT section for other important require- APPLY ments regarding piping design and WRENCH AS sealing of the clearance space around SHOWN the Sprinkler Casing.With reference to Figure 10, do not grasp the sprinkler FIGURE 10 FIGURE 11 by the deflector. Failure to follow this DO NOT GRASP W-TYPE 8 instruction may impair performance of DEFLECTOR SPRINKLER WRENCH the device. Note: If sprinkler removal becomes mine the cause of leakage;for example, Do not install any bulb-type sprinkler necessary, remove the sprinkler using an improper installation or an ice plug. if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss the same wrenching method noted Close the fire protection system control of liquid from the bulb.With the sprin- above.Sprinkler removal is easier when valve and drain the system before kler held horizontally,a small air bubble a non-hardening sealant was used removing the sprinkler. should be present.The diameter of the and torque guidelines were followed. air bubble is approximately 1/16 in. After removal, inspect the sprinkler for Sprinklers which are found to be (1,6 mm)for the 135°F(57°C)ratingto leaking or exhibiting visible signs of damage. 1/8 in. (3,2 mm)for the 360°F (182°C) corrosion must be replaced. rating. Step 4. After applying a wall finish, Automatic sprinklers must never be slide on the outer piece of the escutch- painted, plated, coated, or other- A leak-tight 1 inch NPT sprinkler joint eon until it comes in contact with the p should be obtained by applying a min- mounting surface. wise altered after leaving the factory. imum-to-maximum torque of 20 to Modified sprinklers must be replaced. 30 lb-ft (26,8 to 40,2 N•m). Higher For Deep Escutcheons,slide the outer Sprinklers that have been exposed to levels of torque may distort the sprin- skirt over the inner cup to make firm corrosive products of combustion,but kler Inlet with consequent leakage or contact with the mounting surface. have not operated,should be replaced impairment of the sprinkler. if they cannot be completely cleaned Do not attempt to compensate for Care and by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or P by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. insufficient adjustment in an escutch- eon plate by under or over-tightening Maintenance Care must be exercised to avoid the Sprinkler.Re-adjust the position of damage to the sprinklers - before, the sprinkler fitting to suit. TYCO Series DS-3 Dry-Type Sprinklers, during, and after installation. Sprin- 11.2K Horizontal Sidewall, Standard klers damaged by dropping, striking, Step 1.Install horizontal sidewall sprin- Response, Extended Coverage, Ordi- wrench twist/slippage,or the like,must klers with the center line of waterway nary Hazard (ECOH) must be main- be replaced.Also,replace any sprinkler parallel to the ceiling and perpendicu- tained and serviced in accordance with that has a cracked bulb or that has lost lar to the back wall surface.The word this section. liquid from its bulb. (Refer to Installa- "TOP" on the deflector must face Before closing a fire protection system tion Section.) upwards toward the ceiling. main control valve for maintenance Step 2. With a non-hardening pipe- work on the fire protection system Theoon, estinr g,randonainefortceo their thread sealant such as TEFLON applied that it controls, obtainpermission to fire protectionn and system maintenance is their PP fire system and devices in to the Inlet threads, hand-tighten the shut down the affected fire protection compliance with this document,as well sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Do systems from the proper authorities as with the applicable standards of the not grasp the sprinkler by the deflector and notify all personnel who may be NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSO- (Ref. Figure 10). affected by this action. CIATION(e.g., NFPA 25),in addition to Step 3. Wrench-tighten the sprinkler Absence of the outer piece of an the standards of any other authorities using either: escutcheon, which is used to cover a having jurisdiction.Contact the• a the Band or install- clearance hole, may delay the time to ing contractor or product manufacturer the pipe wrenchCasine(Ref.on FiguretheInlet sprinkler operation in a fire situation. with any questions. the W-Type 8 on A Vent Hole is provided in the Bulb Seat Automatic sprinkler systems are rec- • the Wrench Flat Sprinklernf. Fi Wrench 11 (Figure 1)to indicate if the Dry Sprinkler ommended to be inspected, tested, is remaining dry. Evidence of leakage and maintained by a qualified Inspec- Apply the Wrench Recess of the from the Vent Hole indicates poten- tion Service in accordance with local W-Type 8 Sprinkler Wrench to the tial leakage past the Inlet seal and the requirements and/or national codes. Wrench Flat. need to remove the sprinkler to deter- TFP550 Page 7 of 8 P/N* 61 - XXX - X - XXX • ESCUTCHEON TYPE SPRINKLER ) ESCUTCHEON ORDER FINISH FINISH' LENGTH2 161 Flush Escutcheon NATURAL BRASS 055 5.50 in. (1 in.NPT), 155°F(68°C) 1 BRASS PLATED 163 Flush Escutcheon 082 8.25 in. (1 in.NPT),200°F(93°C) SIGNAL WHITE SIGNAL WHITE DeepEscutcheon 4 (RAL9003) (RAL9003) 171 POLYESTER POLYESTER 180 18.00 in. (1 in.NPT), 155°F(68°C) 173 Deep Escutcheon 9 CHROME CHROME 187 18.75 in. (1 in.NPT),200°F(93°C) PLATED PLATED Without Escutcheon SIGNAL WHITE 372 37.25 in. 151 (1 in.NPT),155°F(68°C) 0 CHROME (RAL9003) Without Escutcheon PLATED POLYESTER 153 (1 in.NPT),200°F(93°C) 480 48.00 in. Notes: 1. Does not apply to assemblies without escutcheon. 2. Dry-Type Sprinklers are furnished based upon"Order Length"as measured per Figures 2,3 6 4. 3. After the measurement is taken,round It to the nearest 1/4 inch increment. Use Prefix'I"for ISO 7-R1 Connection(e.g.,I-61-161-1-055). TABLE E SERIES DS-3 HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL,DRY-TYPE SPRINKLERS(ECOH) PART NUMBER SELECTION Limited OrderingSprinkler Wrench Specify W-Type 8 Sprinkler Wrench, Warranty Procedure P/N 56-892-1-001 Sprinkler Boot For warranty terms and conditions,visit Contact your local distributor for avail- Specify Model DSB-2 Dry Sprinkler www.tyco-fire.com. ability. When placing an order, indi- Boot,P/N 63-000-0-002 cate the full product name, including This Part Number includes one (1) description and Part Number(P/N). Boot, two (2) Strap Ties, and 1/3 oz Dry-Type Sprinklers of Adhesive (a sufficient quantity for When ordering Series DS-3 Dry-Type installing one boot). Sprinklers, 11.2K Horizontal Sidewall, Standard Response, Extended Cover- age, Ordinary Hazard (ECOH), specify the following information: • SIN TY5339 • Order Length: Dry-Type Sprinklers are furnished based upon Order Length as measured from the face of the wall to the face of the sprinkler fitting (Ref. Figures 2, 3 & 4). After the measurement is taken, round it to the nearest 1/4 inch increment. • Inlet Thread Connections: 1 Inch NPT (Standard) ISO 7-R 1 (For information on ISO Inlet Thread Connections,contact your Johnson Controls Sales Representative.) • Temperature Rating • Sprinkler Finish • Escutcheon Type and Finish, as applicable • • Part Number from Table E TFP550 Page 8 of 8 • 1400 Pennbrook Parkway,Lansdale,PA 19446I Telephone-11-215-362-0700 �J�` 02018 Johnson Controls.All rights reserved.All speeill cations and otherintormation shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. Johnson / �/ NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION and NFPA are registered trademarks of NMiOMl Fire Protection Astncietlnn. Controls TEFLON is a registered trademark of UUPnnt A '' C t 22i Ills A GA I RE° COMPRESSORS 1'l11illl ( =` 1 S260R- LD1 -115P WHISPER QUIET - so dB . t _ II 1 , ,, EASY TO INSTALL Tjoi� 'j�;FEWER STARTS AND STOPS ai IDEAL FOR QUIET SETTINGS :I - Nursing Homes ,f , -Apartments SYSTEM CAPACITY c c e SYSTEM PEC- - Churches PSI CAPACITY HP 1 IN GALLONS , 8 1,767 SYSTEM CAPACITY 40 PSI 280 GALLONS DESIGNED TO LAST 10 1,386 20 PSI 633 GALLONS 11 YEARS 12 1,130 10 PSI 1,386 GALLONS BASED ON RUN TIME OF 14 951 PRESSURE SWITCH ON@55PSI,OFF@120PSI 111 { 30 MINUTES PER DAY 16 818 CFM 3.80@1QPSI 18 715 PUMP 2 CYLINDER,OIL FREE MOUNTS TO RISERS 20 633 CYLINDERS CERAMIC COMPOSITE / 1111111) 2.5"AND LARGER 22 569 VOLTS us 24 515 PHASE 1 t J INCLUDES MOUNTING 26 469 RUNNING AMPS 7.5 D 28 430 BREAKER SIZE 15 AMP RECOMMENDED T "+ - . BRACKET 30 396 TANK SIZE 1GALLON /V m 32 367 OUTLET 1/2"NPT 34 341 DIMENSIONS 36"x10.5"x7" 410 36 318 WEIGHT 42LBS. 1 -` `C' The Advantage 38 298 Must be used with an Air Pressure 380 WEST 1ST STREET,DRESSER,WI 54009 i 800.752,2247//65/4523440 40 280 Maintenance Device Patent Pending MAW C-AIREINC COM EASY TO INSTALL : . INSTALL ON RISER, OR DRYWALL, CINDER BLOCK AND CONCRETE WALLS MOUNT TO RISER MOUNT TO CINDER BLOCK/CONCRETE WALL .,:. : . .. . . ... .... . ..„.. .. .._, ......_ , ,... . , .- • . , „, 1,Install mount m:barL crir.,i 1.Hammer drill bolus for hollow wall 2.Put hollow wall anchor into holes anchor • l . s. i ii I • 2.Hang unit on mounting bear,t Y N4 • . ,,,fr .. ��Yttf , , r q ram.., 1� -. 5.7s1".1 �` 1: 3.Tap hollow wall anchor intocinder 4.Attach mounting bracket to wall 1 • block with bammrr 3.Dolt unit to mou nting bracket 4.Insta flair filler assembly MOUNT TO DRYWALL ' _4(it...4 t s 111* S.Locate hangers on back of awl 6 Hang writ onto the mounting bracket 1.Attach 2x4s to studs in drywall 2.All ach mooning bracket to wall 7.Slip bolt through unit to mounting 8.I lighten bolt to ung and mounting 3.Hang unit onto the mounting bracket 4.Slip bolt through will In mm wing bracket bracket bracket �' " m e I P • �' ` ~ii 5.lighten bolt to unit and mounting 6.Install air filter assembly bracket 9.Instal;air filler assembly PPOTTERPS10 SERIES „e, The Symbol of Protection PRESSURE SWITCH • UL, cUL, and CSFM Listed, FM and LPC Approved, NYMEA Accepted,CE Marked Dimensions:3.78"(9,6cm)W x 3.20"(8,1cm)D x 4.22"(10,7cm)H ©POTTER Conduit Entrance:Two knockouts provided for 1/2"conduit. Individual switch compartments and ground screws suitable for S auu,Y,.°ur "•"" c( dissimilar voltages. Halo—a Enclosure: Cover-Die cast with textured red powdercoat finish,single cover screw and rain lip. Base-Die-cast Pressure Connection:Nylon 1/2"NPT Male Factory Adjustment: 4-8 PSI(0,27-0,55 BAR) Differential: 2 PSI(0,13 BAR)typical Maximum System Pressure: 300 PSI(20,68 BAR) Switch Contacts: SPDT(Form C) 10.1 Amps at 125/250VAC,2.0 Amps at 30VDC Ordering Information One SPDT in PS10-1,Two SPDT in PS 10-2 Model Description Stock No. Environmental Specifications: PS 10-1 Pressure switch with one set 1340103 NEMA 4/1P66 Rated Enclosure-indoor or outdoor when used SPDT contacts with NEMA 4 conduit fittings. PSIO-2 Pressure switch with two sets 1340104 Temperature range:-40°F to 140°F(-40°C to 60°C) SPDT contacts Service Use: Hex Key 5250062 Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-13 Cover Tamper Switch Kit 0090200 One or two family dwelling NFPA-13D Tamper Residential Occupancy up to four stories NFPA-13R Cover incorporates tamper resistant fastener that requires a special key for National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72 removal.One key is supplied with each device. For optional cover tamper . switch kit,order Stock No.0090200. See bulletin#5401200 PSCTSK. Installation The Potter PS 10 Series Pressure Actuated Switches are designed for the into alarm port piping on the input side of retard chamber and electrically detection of a waterfiow condition in automatic fire sprinkler systems of connect PS 10 to control unit that provides a retard to compensate for surges. particular designs such as wet pipe systems with alarm check valves,dry Insure that no unsupervised shut-off valves are present between the alarm pipe,preaction, or deluge valves. The PSIO is also suitable to provide a check valve and PSIO. low pressure supervisory signal;adjustable between 4 and 15 psi(0,27 and Method 2: When using the PS 10 for local bell application or with a control 1,03 BAR). that does not provide a retard feature-the PS 10 must be installed on the alarm 1.Apply Teflon tape to the threaded male connection on the device. outlet side of the retard chamber of the sprinkler system. (Do not use pipe dope) Testing: Accomplished by opening the inspector's end-of-line test valve. 2.Device should be mounted in the upright position(threaded connection down). Allow time to compensate for system or control retard. 3.Tighten the device using a wrench on the flats on the device. Note: Method 2 is not applicable for remote station service use,if there is an Wiring Instructions unsupervised shut-off valve between the alarm check valve and the PS 10. 1.Remove the tamper resistant screw with the special key provided. Wet System With Excess Pressure 2.Carefully place a screwdriver on the edge of the knockout and Connect PS 10 into alarm port piping extending from alarm check valve. sharply apply a force sufficient to dislodge the knockout plug.See Fig 9 Retard provisions are not required. Insure that no unsupervised shut-off 3.Run wires through an approved conduit connector and affix the connector valves are present between the alarm check valve and the PS 10. to the device. Testing: Accomplished by opening the water by-pass test valve or the 4.Connect the wires to the appropriate terminal connections for the inspector's end-of-line test valve.When using end-of-line test,allow time service intended.See Figures 2,4,5,and 6.See Fig 7 for two switch,one for excess pressure to bleed off conduit wiring. Dry System Testing Connect PSIO into alarm port piping that extends from the intermediate The operation ofthe pressure alarm switch should be tested upon completion chamber of the alarm check valve. Install on the outlet side of the in-line of installation and periodically thereafter in accordance with the applicable check valve of the alarm port piping. Insure that no unsupervised shut-off NFPA codes and standards and/or the authority having jurisdiction valves are present between the alarm check valve and the PSIO. (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). Testing:Accomplished by opening the water by-pass test valve. Wet System Note: The above tests may also activate any other circuit closer or water Method 1: When using PSIO and control unit with retard-connect PSIO motor gongs that are present on the system. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Phone: 866-956-0988/Canada 888-882-1833 • www.pottersignal.com• PRINTED IN USA MFG.0400928-REV D-1 PAGE 1 OF 3 12/10 • P POTTER PS10 SERIES The Symbol of Protection PRESSURE SWITCH Dimensions Switch Clamping Plate Terminal Fig. I Fig.2 � _ o f•_ 1 00 lI GROUND � i 2.87 SCREWS `ce ADJUSTMENT .ice' ® [72.97] KNOB IOWA I 4.22 — 1 _ •_I i [107.19] I -.1 1._! # I ,moo --` j I ] cF 172"NPT __— DWON 9TL3 [62.87] I - [40.64] �}, ! WARNING 3.78 ,f 3.20 -.--. An uninsulated section of a single conductor [95.89] [81.281 should not be looped around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The wire NOTE:To prevent leakage,apply Teflon tape sealant to male threads only. must be severed,thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire DWG#930-1 becomes dislodged from under the terminal. Typical Sprinkler Applications Fig.3 WET SYSTEM WITH WET SYSTEM WITHOUT DRY SYSTEM EXCESS PRESSURE EXCESS PRESSURE Ps's WATER WATER P510 PS10 WATER MOTOR MOTOR — MOTOR GONG GONG GONG • CHECK WET RBVS RBVS - DRY VALVE REVS SYSTEM. WET SYSTEM ALARM SYSTEM r ALARM CHECKMI ALARM CHECK VALVE CHECK RETARD VALVE VA VE • WATER WATER WATER OS&Y • BY-PASS VALVE • VALVE OS&Y • BY-PASS OS&Y • BY-PASS VALVE • VALVE VALVE • VALVE DWG,r923 2AA A CAUTION Closing of any shutoff valves between the alarm check valve and the PSI O will render the PSI 0 inoperative.To comply with NPPA-72 any such valve shall be electrically supervised with a supervisory switch such as Potter Model RBVS. Low Pressure Signal Connection Waterflow Signal Connection Local Bell For Waterflow Connection Fig.4 Fig.5 Fig.6 TO FIRE ALARM PANEL TO FIRE ALARM PANEL NEGATIVE DC OR NEUTRAL AC BELL POSITIVE DC LINE 9 api��m���� .-..�� OR HOT AC _ I,��� -1 0 0 i�;.._ , I -1 ® o �--_:� I i I _L ®I� f_ I 1��® o o ® I • -►• I , owp9ii1 . DWGI928.E DWGI9383 PRINTED IN USA MFG.#5400928-REV D-1 PAGE 2 OF 3 12/10 POTTER PS10 SERIES ® The Symbol of Protection PRESSURE SWITCH • One Conduit Wiring Switch Operation Removing Knockouts Fig.7 Fig.8 Fig.9 Break out thin section of divider to providepath for wires TC:Coemunal mmon W!PRESSURE APPLIED when wiring both switches from one conduit entrance. l: Closed when installed under normal system H tit pressure. Q eQ 2: Open when installed under normal system � pressure.Closes on �" �I © "ad o © pressure drop.Use forIII •:ja r sr—=,m low pressure ,j �:� ® ''''-- _mg supervision. ‘* I'l P 1 (' Terminal W/0 PRESSURE APPLIED /, � �a_ - l: Open with no pressure * _ supplied.Closes upon �`� �a detection of pressure. �/ ���, Use for waterflow ``� indication. 2: Closed with no x DWG#928-5 ON'(;"L81 pressure applied. MG 1928 fi AWARNING ' A CAUTION 'Installation must be performed by qualified personnel and in •Do not tighten by grasping the switch enclosure.Use wrenching accordance with all national and local codes and ordinances. flats on the bushing only.Failure to install properly could damage *Shock hazard.Disconnect power source before servicing. the switch and cause improper operation resulting in damage to Serious injury or death could result. equipment and property. "Read all instructions carefully and understand them before •To seal threads,apply Teflon tape to male threads only. Using starting installation.Save instructions for future use.Failure to joint compounds or cement can obstruct the pressure port inlet read and understand instructions could result in improper and result in improper device operation and damage to equipment. operation of device resulting in serious injury or death. •Do not over tighten the device,standard piping practices apply. *Risk of explosion.Not for use is hazardous locations.Serious injury or death could result. Engineer/Architect Specifications Pressure Type Waterflow Switch Pressure type waterflow switches;shall be a Model PS l0 as Pressure switch shall have one or two form C contacts,switch contact manufactured by Potter Electric Signal Company,St Louis MO., rating 10.1 Amps at 125/250 VAC,2.0 Amps at 30 VDC. and shall be installed on the fire sprinkler system as shown and or Pressure type waterflow switches shall have two conduit entrances specified herein. one for each individual switch compartment to facilitate the use of Switches shall be provided with a'%"NPT male pressure connection dissimilar voltages for each individual switch. and shall be connected to the alarm port outlet of;Wet Pipe Alarm The cover of the pressure type waterflow switch shall be Zinc die-cast Valves,Dry Pipe Valves,Pre-Action Valves,or Deluge Valves.The with rain lip and shall attach with one tamper resistant screw.The pressure switch shall be actuated when the alarm line pressure reaches Pressure type waterflow switch shall be suitable for indoor or outdoor 4-8 PSI(0,27-0,55 BAR). service with a NEMA 4/IP66 rating. Pressure type waterflow switches shall have a maximum service The pressure type waterflow switch shall be UL Ule and CSFM listed, pressure rating of 300 PSI(20,68 BAR)and shall be factory adjusted FM and LPC approved and NYMEA accepted. to operate on a pressure increase of 4-8 PSI(0,27-0,55 BAR) I PRINTED IN USA MFG.#5400928-REV D-1 PAGE 3 OF 3 12/10 • P POTTER PS40 SERIES ® The Symbol of Protection SUPERVISORY PRESSURE SWITCH UL, cUL, and CSFM Listed, FM and LPC Approved, NYMEA Accepted,CE Marked Dimensions:3.78"(9,6cm)W x 3.20"(8,1cm)D x 4.22"(10,7cm)H Conduit Entrance: Two knockouts provided for 1/2"conduit.Individual switch compartments and ground screw suitable for dissimilar voltages 0 POTTER Enclosure: Cover-Die-cast with textured red powdercoat finish,single • w,Emyyb•ty cover screw and rain lip. C E "Sr.LOWS,w••ebn y;^ie Base-Die-cast YWMYq ,»�,m°Ee1 Number 'M"°i P340_4 Pressure Connection:Nylon 1/2"NPT male taSUPERVISORY Factory Adjustment: PS40-1 operates on decrease at 30 PSI(2,1 BAR) PS40-2 operates in increase at 50 PSI(3,5 BAR) and on decrease at 30 PSI(2,1 BAR) a _ Pressure Range: 10-60 PSI(,7-4,1 BAR) Differential: Typical 1 lb.at 10 PSI(,07 at,7 BAR),: 4 lbs at 60 PSI(,28 at 4,1 BAR) Maximum System Pressure:300 PSI(20,68 BAR) Switch Contacts: SPDT(Form C) 10.1 Amps at 125/250VAC,2.0 Amps at 30VDC One SPDT in PS40-1,Two SPDT in P540-2 Environmental Specifications: NEMA 4/IP66 Rated Enclosure-indoor or outdoor when used with NEMA 4 conduit fittings. Temperature range:-40°F to 140°F(-40°C to 60°C) Tamper: Cover incorporates tamper resistant fastener that requires a Informationspecial key for removal. One key is supplied with each device. Ordering Model Description Stock No. For optional cover tamper switch kit,order Stock No.0090200. See bulletin#5401200 PSCTSK. Ill PS40-1 Pressure switch with one set SPDT contacts 1340403 Service Use: PS40-2 Pressure switch with two sets SPDT contacts 1340404 Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-13 Hex Key 5250062 One or two family dwelling NFPA-I3D Cover Tamper Switch Kit 0090200 Residential Occupancy up to four stories NFPA-13R BVL Bleeder valve 1000018 National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72 Installation The Potter PS40 Series Supervisory PressureActuated Switches aredesigned 4. Connect the wires to the appropriate terminal connections for the primarily to detect an increase and/or decrease from normal system pressure service intended. See Figures 2,4,5,6,and 8 in automatic fire sprinkler systems. Typical applications are: Dry pipe Adjustment And Testing systems, pre-action air/nitrogen supervision, pressure tanks, air supplies, The operation of the pressure supervisory switch should be tested upon and water supplies. The PS40 switch is factory set for 40 PSI(2,8 BAR) completion of installation and periodically thereafter in accordance with normal system pressure. The switch marked with the word LOW is set to the applicable NFPA codes and standards and/or the authority having operate at a pressure decrease of 10 PSI(,7 BAR)at 30 PSI(2,1 BAR). The switch marked with the word HIGH is set to operate at a pressure increase jurisdiction(manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). of 10 PSI(,7 BAR)at 50 PSI(3,5 BAR). See section heading Adjustments Note: Testing the PS40 may activate other system connected devices. and Testing if other than factory set point is required. The use of a Potter BVL(see product bulletin 8900067 for details)is 1. Connect the PS40 to the system side of any shutoff or check valve. recommended to facilitate setting and testing of the PS40 pressure switch. 2. Apply Teflon tape to the threaded male connection on the device. When a BVL(bleeder valve)is used,the pressure to the switch can be (Do not use pipe dope) isolated and bled from the exhaust port on the BVL without effecting the 3. Device should be mounted in the u ht sition. supervisory pressure of the entire system. See Fig.3 Png po The operation point of the PS40 Pressure Switch can be adjusted to any (Threaded connection down) point between 10 and 60 PSI(0,7-4,11 BAR)by turning the adjustment 4. Tighten the device using a wrench on the flats on the device. kmob(s)clockwise to raise the actuation point and counter clockwise to Wiring Instructions lower the actuation point. In the case of the PS40-2,both switches operate 1. Remove the tamper resistant screw with the special key provided. independent of each other. Each switch may be independently adjusted to 2. Carefully place a screwdriver on the edge of the knockout and sharply actuate at any point acrosss the switch adjustment range. Initial adjustment apply a force sufficient to dislodge the knockout plug. See Fig.9 can be made with a visual reference from the top of the adjustment knob 3. Run wires through an approved conduit connector and affix the across to the printed scale on the switch bracket. Final adjustments should connector to the device. A NEMA-4 rated conduit fitting is be verified with a pressure gauge. required for outdoor use. illPotter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Phone: 866-956-0988/Canada 888-882-1833 • www.pottersignal.com PRINTED IN USA MFG.#5400930-REV E PAGE 1 OF 3 09/12 P Pp PS40 SERIES ® The Symbol of Protection SUPERVISORY PRESSURE SWITCH • Dimensions Switch Clamping Plate Terminal Fig. I Fig.2 1�1 ( 1 �f GROUND ��y-o.‘7,---,711 2.87 �� � SCREWSADJUSTMENT 172.971 KNOB T 4.22 Mina 1/2"NPT GOG DWG,923-3 2.48 (_ 1.60 OUrt 162.871 I� 140.641 3.78 f 3.20 [95.89] 181.281 _ AWARNING NOTE:To prevent leakage,apply Teflon tape sealant to male threads only. An nninsulated section of a single conductor DWG.93a1 should not be looped around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The wire must be severed,thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire becomes dislodged from under the terminal Typical Sprinkler Applications Fig.3 YSIO SUPERVISORY PRESSURE SWITCH A CAUTION • AIR LINE SHUT-OFF BLEEDER PS10 Closing of any shutoff valves between the alarm VALVE TEST ALARM check valve and the PS 10 will render the PSIO CHECK VALVE PRESSURE CHECK AL SWITCH inoperative.To comply with IBC,IFC,and VL WATER NFPA-13,any such valve shall be electrically GOR supervised with a supervisory switch such as CHECK RBVS Potter Model RBVS. DRY PIPE VALVE VALVE WATER DWG.#924-IA os&Y BY-PASS VALVE TEST VALVE Typical Connections Fig.4 WITH NORMAL SYSTEM PRES- PS40-1 PS40-2 SURE APPLIED LOW-TERMINAL 2 CLOSES ON PRESSURE DROP. TO FIRE ALARM PANEL i __1u1_1 ICFAIRCOM 0a AIR® 0 COM 1oy / 1COMWI7HLOWPRESSURE APPLIED HIGH TO FIREEOLR AIIt -TERMINAL IWILL CLOSE ALARM VAMIM=11M111 ON PRESSURE INCREASE. PANEL EOLR DWG#930-2 • PRINTED IN USA MFG.95400930-REV E PAGE 2 OF 3 09/12 • • P POTTER PS40 SERIES ® The Symbol of Protection SUPERVISORY PRESSURE SWITCH • Low Pressure Signal Connection High Pressure Signal Connection One Conduit Wiring Fig.5 Fig.6 Fig.7 TO FIRE ALARM PANEL TO FIRE ALARM PANEL Break out thin section of divider to provide path for wires when wiring both switches from one conduit entrance. 1!1 +�—.. r _r__ ff.�.�-1 00 -e sria— rr - I 0 0 fir; �� 1 0 ® lia•-• .© O D ttr_T 110O •Il® o 001 ' 1 ® �'� �� RIF awc•sux OWW9U1 NMI DWG/0 9284 Changing Pressure Removing Knockouts (With normal system pressure) Fig.9 Fig.8 Terminal IOW PRESSURE SWITCH ` C:Common 1: Closed when installed under normal system c he--I pressure. 2: Open when installedIlk under normal system ^i:�/ 'I iliP pressure.Closes on c I x ... /^a t pressure drop.Use for III �� r Ill low air signal. /f• � '/ Terminal HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH *i...T. ,1: Open when installed under normal system �/pressure.Closes onc :` I - � increase in pressure. t\! T Use for high air signal. iii 2: Closed under normalDWG#928-5 system pressure. DWC#93a-3 Engineer/Architect Specifications Pressure Type Waterflow Switch Pressure type supervisory switches;shall be a Model PS40 as manufactured byIP WARNING Potter Electric Signal Company,St.Louis,MO.,and shall be installed on the fire — sprinkler system as shown and or specified herein. •Installation must be performed by qualified personnel and in accordance with all national and local codes and ordinances. Switches shall be provided with a 1/2"NPT male pressure connection to be 'Shock hazard.Disconnect power source before servicing.Serious injury or death connected into the air supply line on the system side of any shut-off valve. A could result. Model BVL bleeder valve as supplied by Potter Electric Signal Company of St. 'Read all instructions carefully and understand them before starting installation. Louis,MO.,or equivalent shall be connected in line with the PS40 to provide a Save instructions for future use. Failure to read and understand instructions could means of testing the operation of the supervisory switch.(See Fig.3) result in improper operation of device resulting inserious injury or death. •Risk of explosion.Not for use is hazardous locations.Serious injury or death could result. The switch unit shall contain SPDT(Fort C) switch(es). One switch shall be set to operate at a pressure decrease of 10 PSI(0,7 BAR)from normaL If two switches are provided,the second switch shall be set to operate at a pressure increase of 10 PSI(0,7 BAR)from normal. A CAUTION Switch contacts shall be rated at 10.1 Amps at 125/250VAC and 2.0 Amps at •Do not tighten by grasping the switch enclosure. Use wrenching flats on the bushing 30VDC. The units shall have a maximum pressure rating of 300 PSI(20,68 BAR) only. Failure to install properly could damage the switch and cause improper operation and shall be adjustable from 10 to 60 PSI(0,7 to 4,1 BAR). resulting in damage to equipment and property. Pressure switches shall have two conduit entrances,one for each individual switch •To seal threads,apply Teflon tape to male threads only. Using joint compounds or compartment to facilitate the use of dissimilar voltages for each individual switch. cement can obstruct the pressure port inlet and result in improper device operation and The cover of the pressure switch shall be zinc die-cast with rain lip and shall attach damage to equipment. *Do not over tighten the device,standard piping practices apply. with one tamper resistant screw. The pressure switch shall be suitable for indoor or •Do not apply any lubricant to any component of the pressure switch. outdoor service with a NEMA-4/1P66 rating. 4111 The pressure switch shall be UL,ULC,and CSFM listed,FM and LPC approved and NYMEA accepted. PRINTED IN USA MFG.ti5400930-REV E PAGE 3 OF 3 09/12 Fire Sprinkler Accessories Sign Chain Zinc plated for corrosion resistance. Suitable for use in exposed areas. Part No. Description Box Qty. r` 02-200-00 #16 Sign Chain, 100' Box 20 '•"K 02-201-00 #16 Sign Chain, 250' Reel 6 1 Pla" Spare Sprinkler Head Cabinets E 0 All Spare Sprinkler Head Cabinets are equipped with "knockouts"to c3 accommodate 1/2"or 3/4" sprinkler heads. ESFR head box will .". 'a accommodate 3/4"or 1" IPS sprinklers. Finish: Red Enamel t Part No. Description Box Qty. ?� 02-400-00 Spare Head Box, 12 Head 20 �,..o.�- 02-401-00 Spare Head Box, 6 Head 25 • = „..a � � • 02-402-00 Spare Head Box, 3 Head 40 j� N 02-403-00 ESFR Spare Head Box, 6 Head 20 ... N CO 02-404-00 Spare Head Box, 24 Head 10 T r 02-405-00 Spare Head Box, 36 Head 10 It O Sprinkler Head Guards co T FPPI Sprinkler Head Guards provide sprinkler head protection from occasional light contact in warehouses, institutional and other applications where the occupancy exposes the sprinkler head to CI) 03 potential damage from its'environment. Sprinkler head guards do not •i protect sprinkler heads from direct impact or abuse. G N Part No. Description Box Qty. 02-600-00 Headguard 1-pc 2-hk Red 200 iaiiill CD 02-605-00 Headguard 1-pc 2-hk CP 200 OP — v — Q 02-610-00 Headguard, Recessed 100 a03 — 02-615-00 Headguard w/shield 1-pc 2-hk Red 100 02-620-00 Headguard w/shield 1-pc 2-hk CP 100 •E 02-630-00 2-pc Headguard Red, 1/2 IPS 100 111jr ' ? 02-631-00 2-pc Headguard Red, 3/4 IPS 100 02-635-00 2-pc Headguard CP, 1/2 PS 100 L 02-690-00 Base for 2-pc Red 100 Li: 02-691-00 Set Screw for Headguard 1 4 III 11